FTOS Command Line Reference Guide for the S55 System FTOS 8.3.5.
Notes, Cautions, and Warnings NOTE: A NOTE indicates important information that helps you make better use of your computer. CAUTION: A CAUTION indicates either potential damage to hardware or loss of data and tells you how to avoid the problem. WARNING: A WARNING indicates a potential for property damage, personal injury, or death. Information in this publication is subject to change without notice. © 2014 Dell Force10. All rights reserved.
Table of Contents 1 About this Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 Objectives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 Audience . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 Conventions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Basic File Management Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25 4 Control and Monitoring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .61 Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61 Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Commands to Configure the System to be a DHCP Server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .383 Commands to Configure Secure DHCP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .394 11 Dell Force10 Resilient Ring Protocol (FRRP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .401 Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 401 Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
www.dell.com | support.dell.com 18 JumpStart: Automated Bare Metal Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .595 Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 595 Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 595 19 Link Aggregation Control Protocol (LACP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .599 Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . .
IPv4 PIM Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .761 IPv4 PIM-Source Specific Mode COmmands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .761 28 Port Monitoring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .765 Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 765 Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Authorization and Privilege Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .896 Authentication and Password Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .900 RADIUS Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .912 TACACS+ Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
43 VLAN Stacking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1041 Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1041 Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1041 Important Points to Remember . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
| Table of Contents www.dell.com | support.dell.
1 About this Guide This book provides information on the FTOS Command Line Interface (CLI). It includes some information on the protocols and features found in FTOS and on the Dell Networking systems supported by FTOS (C-Series c, E-Series e, and S-Series s). This chapter includes: • • • • Objectives Audience Conventions Related Documents Objectives This document is intended as a reference guide for the FTOS command line interface (CLI) commands used with the S55 system.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Information Symbols Table 1-1 describes symbols contained in this guide. Table 1-1. Information Symbols Symbol Brief Description c C-Series This symbol indicates that the selected feature is supported on the C-Series. e E-Series This symbol indicates that the selected feature is supported on the E-Series TeraScale AND E-Series ExaScale. et E-Series TeraScale This symbol indicates that the selected feature is supported on the E-Series TeraScale platform only.
2 CLI Basics This chapter describes the command structure and command modes. FTOS commands are in a text-based interface that allows you to launch commands, change the command modes, and configure interfaces and protocols.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Multiple Configuration Users When a user enters the CONFIGURATION mode and another user(s) is already in that configuration mode, FTOS generates an alert warning message similar to the following: Figure 2-2. Configuration Mode User Alert FTOS#conf % Warning: The following users are currently configuring the system: User User User User "" on line "admin" on "admin" on "Irene" on console0 line vty0 ( 123.12.1.123 ) line vty1 ( 123.12.1.123 ) line vty3 ( 123.12.1.
Table 2-1.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com • — Type a keyword followed by a space and a ? Type a partial keyword followed by a ? — A display of keywords beginning with the partial keyword is listed. Figure 2-3 illustrates the results of entering ip ? at the prompt. Figure 2-3.
Use the left and right arrow keys to navigate left or right in the FTOS command line. Table 2-2 defines the key combinations valid at the FTOS command line. Table 2-2. Short-cut Keys and their Actions Key Combination Action CNTL-A Moves the cursor to the beginning of the command line. CNTL-B Moves the cursor back one character. CNTL-D Deletes character at cursor. CNTL-E Moves the cursor to the end of the line. CNTL-F Moves the cursor forward one character. CNTL-I Completes a keyword.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com • • • • • except— display only text that does not match the pattern (or regular expression) find — search for the first occurrence of a pattern grep — display text that matches a pattern no-more — do not paginate the display output save - copy output to a file for future use Note: FTOS accepts a space before or after the pipe, no space before or after the pipe, or any combination.
EXEC Mode When you initially log in to the switch, by default, you are logged into the EXEC mode. This mode allows you to view settings and to enter the EXEC Privilege mode to configure the device. While you are in the EXEC mode, the > prompt is displayed following the “hostname” prompt, as described above. which is “FTOS” by default. You can change it with the hostname command. See the command hostname. Each mode prompt is preceded by the hostname.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Table 2-3. Interface prompts (continued) Prompt Interface Type FTOS(conf-if-nu-0)# Null Interface followed by zero FTOS(conf-if-po-0)# Port-channel interface number FTOS(conf-if-vl-0)# VLAN Interface followed by VLAN number (range 1 to 4094) FTOS(conf-if-so-0/0)# SONET interface followed by slot/port information.
IP ACCESS LIST Mode While in the CONFIGURATION mode, use the ip access-list standard or ip access-list extended command to enter the IP ACCESS LIST mode and configure either standard or extended access control lists (ACL). To enter IP ACCESS LIST mode: 1. 2. Verify that you are logged in to the CONFIGURATION mode. Use the ip access-list standard or ip access-list extended command. You must include a name for the ACL.The prompt changes to include (conf-std-nacl) or (conf-ext-nacl).
www.dell.com | support.dell.com IP COMMUNITY LIST Mode Use the IP COMMUNITY LIST mode to configure an IP Community ACL on the E-Series. See Chapter 6, Access Control Lists (ACL). To enter IP COMMUNITY LIST mode: 1. 2. Verify that you are logged in to the CONFIGURATION mode. Enter the ip community-list command. You must include a name for the Community list.The prompt changes to include (config-community-list). You can return to the CONFIGURATION mode by entering the exit command.
RAPID SPANNING TREE Mode Use PVST+ mode to enable and configure the RSTP protocol, as described in Chapter 34, Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol (RSTP). To enter RSTP mode: 1. 2. Verify that you are logged into the CONFIGURATION mode. Enter the protocol spanning-tree rstp command. You can return to the CONFIGURATION mode by entering the exit command.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com ROUTER RIP Mode Use the ROUTER RIP mode to configure RIP on the C-Series or E-Series, as described in Chapter 32, Router Information Protocol (RIP). To enter ROUTER RIP mode: 1. 2. Verify that you are logged into the CONFIGURATION mode. Enter the router rip command.The prompt changes to include (conf-router_rip). You can switch to the INTERFACE mode by using the interface command or you can switch to the ROUTER OSPF mode by using the router ospf command.
3 File Management Overview This chapter contains commands needed to manage the configuration files and includes other file management commands found in FTOS.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com • • • • • • • • • • • • • show file-systems show linecard show os-version show running-config show sfm show startup-config show version upgrade (E-Series version) upgrade (C-Series version) upgrade (S-Series management unit) upgrade fpga-image (E-Series) upgrade fpga-image (C-Series) upgrade fpga-image (S55) boot config ce Syntax Set the location and name of the configuration file that is loaded at system start-up (or reload) instead of the default startup-configuration.
When you specify a file as the boot config file, it is listed in the boot variables (bootvar) as LOCAL CONFIG FILE. If you do not specify a boot config file, then the startup-configuration is used, although the bootvar shows LOCAL CONFIG FILE = variable does not exist. When you specify a boot config file, the switch reloads with that config file, rather than the startup-config.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com secondary Enter the keywords secondary to attempt to load the secondary host configuration files. remote-url Enter the following location keywords and information: • • Defaults Command Modes Command History For a file on an FTP server, enter ftp://user:password@hostip/filepath For a file on a TFTP server, enter tftp://hostip/filepath Not configured. CONFIGURATION Version 7.5.1.
boot system (C-Series and E-Series) ce Tell the system where to access the FTOS image used to boot the system. Syntax boot system {rpm0 | rpm1} (default | primary | secondary} file-url To return to the default boot sequence, use the no boot system {rpm0 | rpm1} {primary | secondary} command. Parameters rpm0 Enter the keyword rpm0 to configure boot parameters for RPM0. rpm1 Enter the keyword rpm1 to configure boot parameters for RPM1.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information Related Commands gateway Enter the IP address of the default next-hop gateway for the management subnet stack-unit Enter the stack-unit number for the master switch. ip-address Enter an IP address in dotted decimal format. 0-11, all Stack-unit number default Enter the default keyword to use the primary FTOS image. primary Enter the primary keyword to use the primary FTOS image.
cd ces Syntax Parameters Change to a different working directory. cd directory directory (OPTONAL) Enter one of the following: • • Command Modes Command History flash: (internal Flash) or any sub-directory slot0: (external Flash) or any sub-directory (C-Series and E-Series only) EXEC Privilege Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on C-Series E-Series original Command change bootflash-image ce Change boot flash image from which to boot.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Parameters file-url Enter the following location keywords and information: • • • • • • • • • • • To copy a file from the internal FLASH, enter flash:// followed by the filename.
copy running-config tftp: copy running-config ftp: Command Example: copy running-config scp: FTOS#copy running-config scp:/ Address or name of remote host []: 10.10.10.1 Destination file name [startup-config]? old_running User name to login remote host? home Password to login remote host? home In this example — copy scp: flash: — specifying SCP in the first position indicates that the target is to be specified in the ensuing prompts.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Usage Information In this streamline copy command, the source image is copied to the primary RPM and then, if specified, to the standby RPM. After the copy is complete, the new image file path on each RPM is automatically configured as the primary image path for the next boot. The current system image (the one from which the RPM booted) is automatically configured as the secondary image path.
dir ces Syntax Parameters Display the files in a filesystem. The default is the current directory. dir [filename | directory name:] filename | directory name: (OPTIONAL) Enter one of the following: • • Command Modes Command History For a file or directory on the internal Flash, enter flash:// followed by the filename or directory name. For a file or directory on the external Flash, enter slot0:// followed by the filename or directory name: EXEC Privilege Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on the S55.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com download alt-full-image e Syntax Command Modes Command History Usage Information Download an alternate FTOS image to the chassis. download alt-full-image file-url EXEC Privilege Version 7.7.1.0 Removed form E-Series Version 6.5.1.0 Introduced Starting with FTOS 7.7.1.0, the functions of this command are incorporated into the upgrade command. For software upgrade details, see the FTOS Release Notes.
Default Command Modes Command History dosFs1.0 Enter the keyword dosFs1.0 to format in DOS 1.0 (the default) dosFs2.0 Enter the keyword dosFs2.0 to format in DOS 2.0 DOS 1.0 (dosFs1.0) EXEC Privilege Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on C-Series E-Series original Command Usage Information When you format flash: 1 The startup-config is erased. 2 All cacheboot data files are erased and you must reconfigure cacheboot to regain it. 3 All generated SSH keys are erased and you must recreate them.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Related Commands copy Copy the current configuration to either the startup-configuration file or the terminal. show file Display contents of a text file in the local filesystem. show file-systems Display information about the file systems on the system. format flash (S55) Erase all existing files and reformat the filesystem in the internal flash memory or the USB drive. Once the filesystem is formatted, files cannot be restored.
Command History Usage Information Related Commands Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on the S55. Version 7.7.1.0 Restructured command to accommodate coredumps for CP. Introduced on C-Series and S-Series Version 6.5.1.0 Application coredump naming convention enhanced to include application. Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced The Kernel core dump can be large and may take up to 5 to 30 minutes to upload.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com pwd ces Syntax Command Modes Command History Display the current working directory. pwd EXEC Privilege Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on the S55. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on C-Series E-Series original Command Example Command Example: pwd FTOS#pwd flash: FTOS# Related Commands cd Change directory. rename ces Syntax Parameters Rename a file in the local file system.
Command Modes Command History Usage Information clear-all Enter this keyword to reset the NvRAM and the system startup configuration. nvram Enter this keyword to reset the NvRAM only. EXEC Privilege Version 8.3.3.9 Introduced on the S60 Version 8.3.5.5 Introduced on the S55 Version 8.3.17.1 Supported on M I/O Aggregator Restoring factory defaults deletes the existing startup configuration and all persistent settings (stacking, fanout, etc.).
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Figure 3-2. restore factory-defaults (single unit in a stack) Command Example FTOS#restore factory-defaults stack-unit 0 clear-all *********************************************************************** * Warning - Restoring factory defaults will delete the existing * * startup-config and all persistent settings (stacking, fanout, etc.)* * After restoration the unit(s) will be powercycled immediately.
Figure 3-4. Example restore factory-defaults (NvRAM only, single unit in a stack) Command FTOS#restore factory-defaults stack-unit 1nvram *********************************************************************** * Warning - Restoring factory defaults will delete the existing * * persistent settings (stacking, fanout, etc.) * * After restoration the unit(s) will be powercycled immediately.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Example Command example: restore fpga-image FTOS#restore fpga-image linecard 4 Current FPGA information in the system: ======================================= Card FPGA Name Current Version New Version -----------------------------------------------------------------------LC4 48 Port 1G LCM FPGA A: 3.
When restoring a single unit in a stack, that unit placed in stand-alone mode. No other units in the stack are affected. When restoring units in stand-alone mode, the units remain in stand-aline mode after the restoration. After the restore is complete, the units power cycle immediately. Caution: There is no undo for this command. Example Figure 3-5.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Figure 3-7. Example restore factory-defaults (NvRAM only, all units in a stack) Command FTOS#restore factory-defaults stack-unit all nvram *********************************************************************** * Warning - Restoring factory defaults will delete the existing * * persistent settings (stacking, fanout, etc.) * * All the units in the stack will be split into standalone units. * * After restoration the unit(s) will be powercycled immediately.
Defaults Command Modes rpm Enter this keyword to display boot image information for all rpms on the system. stack-unit Enter this keyword to display boot image information for one or all the S55 units. No default values or behavior EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on S55 Version 7.7.1.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Example Command Output example: show bootvar FTOS#show bootvar PRIMARY IMAGE FILE = ftp://box:password@10.31.1.205//home/5.3.1/5.3.1.0/FTOS-ED-RPM1-5.3.1.0.bin SECONDARY IMAGE FILE = variable does not exist DEFAULT IMAGE FILE = flash://FTOS-ED-5.3.1.0.
Example Command output example (Partial): show file FTOS#show file flash://startup-config ! boot system rpm0 primary ftp://test:server@10.16.1.144//home/images/ E1200_405-3.1.2b1.86.bin boot system rpm0 secondary flash://FTOS-ED-6.1.1.0.bin boot system rpm0 default ftp://:@/\ ! redundancy auto-synchronize persistent-data redundancy primary rpm0 ! hostname E1200-20 ! enable password 7 94849d8482d5c3 ! username test password 7 93e1e7e2ef ! enable restricted 7 948a9d848cd5c3 ! protocol spanning-tree 0 bridge
www.dell.com | support.dell.com show file-systems Command Output Fields Field Description size(b) Lists the size in bytes of the storage location. If the location is remote, no size is listed. Free(b) Lists the available size in bytes of the storage location. If the location is remote, no size is listed. Feature Displays the formatted DOS version of the device. Type Displays the type of storage. If the location is remote, the word network is listed.
Example Command output example (E-Series): show linecard boot-information FTOS#show linecard boot-information -- Line cards -Serial Booted Next Cache Boot # Status CurType number from boot boot flash -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------0 1 2 3 online E48TF FX000032632 4.7.7.171 4.7.7.171 A: invalid B: invalid A: 2.3.2.1 [b] B: 2.3.2.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Example Command output example (E-Series): show os-version FTOS#show os-version RELEASE IMAGE INFORMATION : --------------------------------------------------------------------Platform Version Size ReleaseTime E-series: EF 7.5.1.0 27676168 Aug 15 2007 10:06:21 TARGET IMAGE INFORMATION : --------------------------------------------------------------------Type Version Target checksum runtime 7.5.1.0 control processor passed runtime 7.5.1.0 route processor passed runtime 7.5.
Parameters entity (OPTIONAL) Enter one of the keywords listed below to display that entity’s current (non-default) configuration.
www.dell.com | support.dell.
Parameters number Enter a number to view information on that SFM. Range: 0 to 8. all (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword all to view a table with information on all present SFMs. brief (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword brief to view a list with SFM status. Note: The brief option is not available on C-Series. Command Modes EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History Version 8.3.5.3 Updated to support PPID on the S55 Version 7.5.1.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com show sfm Command Output Fields Field Description Switch Fabric State: States that the Switch Fabric is up (8 SFMs are online and operating). Status Displays the SFM’s active status. Card Type States the type of SFM. Up Time Displays the number of hours and minutes since the RPM’s last reboot. Temperature Displays the temperature of the RPM. Minor alarm status if temperature is over 65° C.
Example Command output example (partial): show startup-config FTOS#show startup-config ! Version 7.4.1.0 ! Last configuration change at Thu Mar 29 02:16:07 2007 by default ! Startup-config last updated at Thu Mar 29 02:35:08 2007 by default ! boot system rpm0 primary flash://FTOS-EF-7.4.1.0.bin boot system rpm0 secondary flash://FTOS-EF-6.3.1.2.bin boot system rpm0 default flash://FTOS-EF-6.5.1.8.bin ! ... Related Commands show running-config Display current (running) configuration.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com 1 12-port GE Flex line card with SFP optics (EC) 1 2-port 10GE LAN PHY line card with 10Km (1310nm) optics (ED) 1 12-port OC12c/3c PoS line card with IR optics (EC) 1 24-port GE line card with SFP optics (ED) 1 FastEthernet/IEEE 802.3 interface(s) 120 GigabitEthernet/IEEE 802.3 interface(s) 14 SONET network interface(s) 4 Ten GigabitEthernet/IEEE 802.
FTOS(conf-if-te-0/5)# FTOS# Example (Z9000) st-pet-z9k-6#show version Dell Force10 Real Time Operating System Software Dell Force10 Operating System Version: 2.1 Dell Force10 Application Software Version: 9.0(0.0) Copyright (c) 1999-2012 by Dell Inc. All Rights Reserved.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Parameters bootflash-image Enter the keyword bootflash-image to upgrade the bootflash image. bootselector-image Enter the keyword bootselector-image to upgrade the boot selector image. Use with TAC supervision only. system-image Enter the keyword system-image to upgrade the cache boot image. all Enter the keyword all to upgrade the bootflash/boot selector image on all processors in the E-Series. This keyword does not upgrade the bootflash on the standby RPM.
upgrade (C-Series version) c Syntax Parameters Upgrade the bootflash or boot selector image on a processor. upgrade {bootflash-image | bootselector-image | system-image} {all | linecard {number | all} | rpm} [booted | file-url | repair] bootflash-image Enter the keyword bootflash-image to upgrade the bootflash image. bootselector-image Enter the keyword bootselector-image to upgrade the boot selector image. Use with TAC supervision only.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Usage Information Once the URL is specified, the same downloaded image can be used for upgrading an individual RPM, line cards, SFM FPGA, and system-image for cache-boot without specifying the file-url again using the command upgrade {bootflash-image | bootselector-image | system-image} {all | linecard linecard-slot | rpm}.
Usage Information You must reload FTOS after executing this command. Use the command upgrade system stack-unit (S-Series stack member) on page 242 to copy FTOS from the management unit to one or more stack members. FTOS#upgrade system ? ftp: Copy from remote file system (ftp://userid:password@hostip/filepath) scp: Copy from remote file system (scp://userid:password@hostip/filepath) tftp: Copy from remote file system (tftp://hostip/filepath) FTOS#$pgrade system ftp://username:password@10.11.1.1/FTOS-SB-7.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Related Commands Usage Information 0 show sfm Display the SFM status. upgrade (E-Series version) Upgrade the E-Series. On E-Series ExaScale, you cannot upgrade SFMs using this command when Cache Boot is configured. If you attempt an upgrade, you must reload the chassis to recover. upgrade fpga-image (C-Series) c Syntax Parameters Upgrade the primary FPGA image.
Example Command example: upgrade fpga-image FTOS#conf FTOS(conf)# upgrade primary-fpga-flash rpm Proceed to upgrade primary fpga flash for rpm 0 [confirm yes/no]: yes !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!! FTOS# Usage Information Related Commands Reset the card using the power-cycle option after restoring the FPGA command. reset Reset a line card or RPM. restore fpga-image This command copies the backup FPGA image to the primary FPGA image.
| File Management www.dell.com | support.dell.
4 Control and Monitoring Overview This chapter contains the following commands to configure and monitor the system, including Telnet, FTP, and TFTP as they apply to platforms c e s.
www.dell.com | support.dell.
Defaults Command Modes No banner is displayed. CONFIGURATION Command History Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on the S55. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on C-Series E-Series original Command Usage Information Optionally, use the banner exec command to create a text string that is displayed when the user accesses the EXEC mode. The exec-banner command toggles that display.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Enter no banner login keyboard-interactive to automatically go to the banner message prompt (does not require a carriage return). Parameters keyboard-interactive Enter this keyword to require a carriage return (CR) to get the message banner prompt. c Enter a delineator character to specify the limits of the text banner. In Figure 4-1, the % character is the delineator character.
Example Figure 4-1. Command Example: banner login FTOS(conf)#banner login ? keyboard-interactive Press enter key to get prompt LINE c banner-text c, where 'c' is a delimiting character FTOS(conf)#no banner login ? keyboard-interactive Prompt will be displayed by default FTOS(conf)#banner login keyboard-interactive Enter TEXT message. This is the banner% FTOS(conf)#end FTOS#exit End with the character '%'.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Related Commands banner exec Sets a banner to be displayed when you enter the EXEC Privilege mode. banner login Sets a banner to be displayed after successful login to the system. cam-audit linecard e Syntax Enable audit of the IPv4 forwarding table on all line cards.
clear command history ces Syntax Command Modes Command History Clear the command history log. clear command history EXEC Privilege Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on the S55. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on C-Series E-Series original Command Related Commands Display a buffered log of all commands entered by all users along with a time stamp.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Parameters Command Modes Command History terminal (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword terminal to specify that you are configuring from the terminal. EXEC Privilege Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on the S55. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on C-Series E-Series original Command Example Figure 4-2.
debug ftpserver ces Syntax View transactions during an FTP session when a user is logged into the FTP server. debug ftpserver To stop debugging, enter no debug ftpserver. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on the S55. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on C-Series E-Series original Command disable ce Return to the EXEC mode.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command History Usage Information Example Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on the S55. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on C-Series Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced on E-Series The following commands are not supported by the do command: • • • • enable disable exit config Figure 4-3.
Related Commands enable password Configure a password for the enable command and to access a privilege level. enable xfp-power-updates ces Syntax Enable XFP power updates for SNMP. enable xfp-power-updates interval seconds To disable XFP power updates, use the no enable xfp-power-updates command. Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information Enter the keyword interval followed by the polling interval in seconds.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com epoch e Syntax Set the epoch scheduling time for the chassis. epoch {2.4 |3.2 | 10.4} To return to the default setting, enter no epoch. Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information 2.4 Enter the keyword 2.4 to set the epoch to 2.4 micro-seconds and lower the latency. This option is available on the E600i and E1200i E-Series ExaScale systems only. 3.2 Enter the keyword 3.2 to set the epoch to 3.2 micro-seconds and lower the latency.
exec-banner ces Syntax Enable the display of a text string when the user enters the EXEC mode. exec-banner To disable the banner on terminal lines, enter no exec-banner. Defaults Command Modes Command History Enabled on all lines (if configured, the banner appears). LINE Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on the S55. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.5.1.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Usage Information Example To remove the time interval, enter exec-timeout 0 0. Figure 4-4. FTOS time-out display FTOS con0 is now available Press RETURN to get started. FTOS> exit ce s Syntax Command Modes Command History Return to the lower command mode.
Example Figure 4-5. Example of Logging on to an FTP Server morpheus% ftp 10.31.1.111 Connected to 10.31.1.111. 220 FTOS (1.0) FTP server ready Name (10.31.1.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com ftp-server username ces Syntax Create a user name and associated password for incoming FTP server sessions. ftp-server username username password [encryption-type] password To delete a user name and its password, use the no ftp-server username username command. Parameters username Enter a text string up to 40 characters long as the user name. password password Enter the keyword password followed by a string up to 40 characters long as the password.
Usage Information The hostname is used in the prompt. ip ftp password ces Syntax Specify a password for outgoing FTP connections. ip ftp password [encryption-type] password To remove a password and return to the default setting, use the no ip ftp password [password] command.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Parameters interface Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • • • • • • • Defaults Command Modes Command History For an 100/1000 Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet followed by the slot/port information. For a 1-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet followed by the slot/port information. For Loopback interfaces, enter the keyword loopback followed by a number from zero (0) to 16383.
Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on C-Series E-Series original Command Usage Information Related Commands You must also configure a password with the ip ftp password command. ip ftp password Set the password for FTP connections. ip telnet server enable ces Syntax Enable the Telnet server on the switch. ip telnet server enable To disable the Telnet server, execute the no ip telnet server enable command. Defaults Command Modes Command History Related Commands Enabled CONFIGURATION Version 8.3.5.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Parameters interface Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • • • • • • • Defaults Command Modes Command History For an 100/1000 Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet followed by the slot/port information. For a 1-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet followed by the slot/port information. For Loopback interfaces, enter the keyword loopback followed by a number from zero (0) to 16383.
ip tftp source-interface ces Syntax Assign an interface’s IP address in outgoing packets for TFTP traffic. ip tftp source-interface interface To return to the default setting, use the no ip tftp source-interface interface command. Parameters interface Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • • • • • • • Defaults Command Modes Command History For an 100/1000 Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet followed by the slot/port information.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Defaults Command Modes Command History vty number Enter the keyword vty followed by a number from 0 to 9 to configure a virtual terminal line for Telnet sessions. The system supports 10 Telnet sessions. end-number (OPTIONAL) Enter a number from 1 to 9 as the last virtual terminal line to configure. You can configure multiple lines at one time. Not configured CONFIGURATION Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on the S55. Version 8.1.1.
Usage Information Use this command only for empty slots or a slot where you have hot-swapped a different line card type. Before inserting a card of a different type into the pre-configured slot, execute the no linecard number command. The following screenshot shows the current supported C-Series line cards, along with their “card types” (card-type IDs). Figure 4-6.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com motd-banner ces Syntax Enable a Message of the Day (MOTD) banner to appear when you log in to the system. motd-banner To disable the MOTD banner, enter no motd-banner. Defaults Command Modes Command History Enabled on all lines. LINE Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on the S55. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.5.1.
source (IPv4 only) Enter the IPv4 source ip address or the source interface. • • • • • • • Enter the IP address in A.B.C.D format For an 100/1000 Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet followed by the slot/port information. For a 1-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet followed by the slot/port information.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Defaults Command Modes See parameters above. EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History Usage Information Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on the S55. Version 8.3.1.0 Introduced extended ping options. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale (IPv6) Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale (IPv4) Version 7.9.1.0 Introduced VRF Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced support for C-Series Version 7.4.1.
power-off ce Turn off power to a selected line card or the standby (extra) Switch Fabric Module (SFM). Syntax power-off {linecard number | sfm sfm-slot-id} Parameters linecard number Enter the keyword linecard and a number for the line card slot number. C-Series Range: 0-7 E-Series Range: 0 to 13 on a E1200/E1200i, 0 to 6 on a E600/E600i, and 0 to 5 on a E300. sfm sfm-slot-id Enter the keyword sfm by the slot number of the SFM to which you want to turn off power.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Related Commands power-off Power off a line card or standby SFM. reload ces Syntax Command Modes Command History Reboot FTOS. reload EXEC Privilege Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on the S55. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on C-Series E-Series original Command Usage Information If there is a change in the configuration, FTOS will prompt you to save the new configuration.
rpm number Enter the keyword rpm followed by a number for the RPM slot number. (Optional) Add the keyword hard or power-cycle (C-Series only) to power cycle the RPM. Range: 0 to 1 sfm slot number Defaults Command Modes Command History Enter the keyword sfm followed by the failed or powered-off SFM slot number. Note: Supported on E-Series only Disabled. EXEC Privilege Version 7.5.1.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com send ces Syntax Parameters Send messages to one or all terminal line users. send [*] | [line ] | [aux] | [console] | [vty] * Enter the asterisk character * to send a message to all tty lines. line Send a message to a specific line. Range: 0 to 11 aux Enter the keyword aux to send a message to an Auxiliary line. Note: This option is supported on E-Series only.
Defaults Command Modes Command History Not configured. CONFIGURATION Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on the S55. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on C-Series E-Series original Command Usage Information If you do not specify parameters and enter service timestamps, it appears as service timestamps debug uptime in the running-configuration.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com E-Series Example Figure 4-9.
Example Figure 4-10. Command Example: show chassis brief on E-Series FTOS#show chassis brief Chassis Type : E1200 Chassis Mode : TeraScale Chassis Epoch : 3.2 micro-seconds -- Line cards -Slot Status NxtBoot ReqTyp CurTyp Version Ports --------------------------------------------------------------------------0 not present 1 not present 2 not present 3 not present 4 not present 5 not present 6 not present 7 not present 8 not present 9 not present 10 not present 11 online online E48PF E48PF 6.1.1.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com show command-history ces Syntax Display a buffered log of all commands entered by all users along with a time stamp. show command-history Defaults None. Command Mode EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History Usage Information Example H Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on the S55. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on C-Series and E-Series One trace log message is generated for each command.
show command-tree ces Syntax Display the entire CLI command tree, and optionally, display the utilization count for each commands and its options. show command-tree [count | no] Parameters Defaults Command Mode count Display the command tree with a usage counter for each command. no Display all of the commands that may be preceded by the keyword no, which is the keyword used to remove a command from the running-configuration.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Defaults Command Mode None EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on C-Series E-Series original Command Usage Information Caution: Use this command only when you are working directly with a technical support representative to troubleshoot a problem. Do not use this command unless a technical support representative instructs you to do so. show cpu-traffic-stats ces Syntax Parameters View the CPU traffic statistics.
E-Series Example Figure 4-12.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Example Figure 4-13. Command Example: show debugging FTOS#show debug Generic IP: IP packet debugging is on for ManagementEthernet 0/0 Port-channel 1-2 Port-channel 5 GigabitEthernet 4/0-3,5-6,10-11,20 GigabitEthernet 5/0-1,5-6,10-11,15,17,19,21 ICMP packet debugging is on for GigabitEthernet 5/0,2,4,6,8,10,12,14,16 FTOS# show environment (C-Series and E-Series) ce View the system component status (for example, temperature, voltage).
Examples Figure 4-14. FTOS#show Command Example: show environment environment -- Fan Status -Status Temp Fan1 Fan2 Fan3 Serial Num Version --------------------------------------------------------------------------up 32C 6000 RPM 6000 RPM 7500 RPM FX000040889 3.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command Modes pem Enter the keyword pem to view only information on power entry modules. thermal-sensor Enter the keyword thermal-sensor to view only information on the thermal sensors. EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History Example Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on the S55. Version 7.8.1.0 The output of the show environment fan command for S-Series is changed to display fan speeds instead of just showing the fan status as up or down. Version 7.6.1.
Example Figure 4-18. Command Example: show environment pem FTOS#show environment pem -- Power Supplies -Unit Bay Status Type --------------------------------------------------------------------------0 0 up AC 0 1 absent Example Figure 4-19. Command Example: show environment stack-unit FTOS#show environment stack-unit 0 -- Unit Environment Status -Unit Status Temp Voltage --------------------------------------------------------------------------0* online 49C ok * Management Unit Example Figure 4-20.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Usage Information Version 6.2.1.0 Expanded to include Software Protocol Configured field on E-Series Version 5.3.1.0 Introduced on E-Series The show inventory media command provides some details about installed pluggable media (SFP, XFP), as shown in Figure 4-23. Use the show interfaces command to get more details about installed pluggable media. The display output might include a double asterisk (**) next to the SFMs, for example: ... 0 1 ...
E-Series Example Figure 4-22.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Related Commands show interfaces Display a specific interface configuration. show interfaces transceiver Display the physical status and operational status of an installed transceiver. The output also displays the transceiver’s serial number.
Example 2 Figure 4-26.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command History Version 8.3.5.3 Updated to support PPID on the S55 Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on C-Series E-Series original Command E-Series Example Figure 4-27.
C-Series Example Figure 4-28. Command Example: show linecard on C-Series FTOS#show linecard 11 -- Line card Status Next Boot Required Type Current Type Hardware Rev Num Ports Up Time FTOS Version Jumbo Capable Boot Flash Memory Size Temperature Power Status Voltage Serial Number Part Number Vendor Id Date Code Country Code FTOS# 11 -: online : online : E48PF - 48-port GE line card with SFP optics (EF) : E48PF - 48-port GE line card with SFP optics (EF) : Base - 1.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Table 4-1 list the definitions of the fields shown in Figure 4-27. Table 4-1. Descriptions for show linecard output Field Description Line card Displays the line card slot number (only listed in show linecard all command output). Status Displays the line card’s status. Next Boot Displays whether the line card is to be brought online at the next system reload. Required Type Displays the line card type configured for the slot.
Related Commands linecard Pre-configure a line card in a currently empty slot of the system or a different line card type for the slot. show interfaces linecard Display information on all interfaces on a specific line card. show chassis View information on all elements of the system. show rpm View information on the RPM. show sfm View information on the SFM. show linecard boot-information e Syntax Command Modes View the line card status and boot information.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Table 4-2 defines the fields in Figure 4-30. Table 4-2. Usage Information Related Commands 116 | Descriptions for show linecard boot-information output Field Description # Displays the line card slot numbers, beginning with slot 0. The number of slots listed is dependent on your chassis: E-Series: 0 to 13 on a E1200, 0 to 6 on a E600/E600i, and 0 to 5 on a E300. Status Indicates if a line card is online, offline, or booting.
show memory (C-Series and E-Series) ce View current memory usage on the system. Syntax show memory [cp | lp slot-number | rp1 | rp2] Parameters cp (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword cp to view information on the Control Processor on the RPM. lp slot-number (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword lp and the slot number to view information on the line-card processor in that slot. C-Series Range: 0-7 E-Series Range: 0 to 13 on a E1200/E1200i, 0 to 6 on a E600/E600i, and 0 to 5 on a E300.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Table 4-3 defines the fields displayed in Figure 4-31. Table 4-3. Descriptions for show memory output Field Description Lowest Displays the memory usage the system went to in the lifetime of the system. Indirectly, it indicates the maximum usage in the lifetime of the system: Total minus Lowest. Largest The current largest available. This relates to block size and is not related to the amount of memory on the system.
show processes cpu (C-Series and E-Series) ce View CPU usage information based on processes running in the system. Syntax show processes cpu [cp | rp1 | rp2] [lp [linecard-number [1-99] | all | summary] Parameters cp (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword cp to view CPU usage of the Control Processor. rp1 (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword rp1 to view CPU usage of the Route Processor 1. Note: This option is supported on the E-Series only.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Example 2 Figure 4-34.
show processes cpu (S-Series) s Syntax Display CPU usage information based on processes running in an S-Series. show processes cpu [management-unit 1-99 [details] | stack-unit id | summary | ipc | memory [stack-unit id]] Parameters management-unit1-99 [details] (OPTIONAL) Display processes running in the control processor. The 1-99 variable sets the number of tasks to display in order of the highest CPU usage in the past five (5) seconds.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Example 2 122 Figure 4-37. Command Example: show processes cpu management-unit on S-Series FTOS#show processes cpu management-unit 0 CPU utilization for five seconds: 1%/0%; one minute: 10%; five minutes: 2% PID Runtime(ms) Invoked uSecs 5Sec 1Min 5Min TTY Process 272 20 2 10000 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0 topoDPC 271 0 0 0 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0 bcmNHOP 270 0 0 0 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0 bcmDISC 269 0 0 0 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0 bcmATP-RX 268 0 0 0 0.00% 0.00% 0.
Example 3 Figure 4-38. Command Example: show processes cpu stack-unit on S-Series FTOS#show processes cpu stack-unit 0 CPU Statistics On Unit0 Processor =============================== CPU utilization for five seconds: 0%/0%; one minute: 0%; five minutes: 0% PID Runtime(ms) Invoked uSecs 5Sec 1Min 5Min TTY Process 52 8260 826 10000 0.00% 0.00% 0.22% 0 sysd 124 1160 116 10000 0.00% 0.00% 0.12% 0 KernLrnAgMv 116 70 7 10000 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0 xstp 109 50 5 10000 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0 span 108 60 6 10000 0.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Example 4 Figure 4-39.
show hardware system-flow Display Layer 3 ACL or QoS data for the selected stack member and stack member port-pipe. show interfaces stack-unit Display information on all interfaces on a specific S-Series stack member. show processes memory (S-Series) Display CPU usage information based on processes running in an S-Series show processes ipc flow-control ces Syntax Parameters Display the Single Window Protocol Queue (SWPQ) statistics.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Example 1 Figure 4-41.
Table 4-4 list the definitions of the fields shown in Figure 4-41 and Figure 4-42. Table 4-4.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Example 4 Figure 4-45.
show processes memory (C-Series and E-Series) ce View memory usage information based on processes running in the system. Syntax show processes memory [cp | lp slot-number {lp all | lp summary} | rp1 | rp2] Parameters cp (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword cp to view memory usage of the Control Processor. lp slot-number (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword lp and the slot number to view information on the line-card processor in that slot.
Figure 4-46. www.dell.com | support.dell.
Figure 4-48.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com show processes memory (S-Series) s Syntax Display memory usage information based on processes running in the S-Series system. show processes memory {management-unit | stack unit {0–7 | all | summary}} Parameters Command Modes management-unit Enter the keyword management-unit for CPU memory usage of the stack management unit.
Example Figure 4-50. Command Example: show processes memory management-unit FTOS#show processes management-unit Total : CurrentUsed: SharedUsed : 151937024, MaxUsed : 98848768, CurrentFree: 13007848, SharedFree : PID Process 337 KernLrnAgMv 331 vrrp 323 frrp 322 xstp 321 pim 314 igmp 313 mrtm 308 l2mgr 301 l2pm 298 arpm 294 ospf 288 dsm 287 rtm 284 rip 281 lacp 277 ipm1 273 acl 272 topoDPC 271 bcmNHOP 270 bcmDISC 269 bcmATP-RX 268 bcmATP-TX 267 bcmSTACK 266 bcmRX 265 bcmLINK.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com show processes switch-utilization e Syntax Command Mode Show switch fabric utilization. show processes switch-utilization EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale E-Series original Command Example Figure 4-51.
E-Series Example Figure 4-52. Command Example: show rpm on E-Series FTOS#show rpm -- RPM card 0 -Status : active Next Boot : online Card Type : RPM - Route Processor Module (LC-EH-RPM) Hardware Rev : 3.1 Num Ports : 1 Up Time : 18 hr, 48 min Last Restart : reset by user FTOS Version : 8-4-1-317 Jumbo Capable : yes CP Boot Flash : A: 2.5.1.0 [booted] B: 2.5.1.0 RP1 Boot Flash: A: 2.5.1.0 [booted] B: 2.5.1.0 RP2 Boot Flash: A: 2.5.1.0 [booted] B: 2.5.1.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Table 4-7. Related Commands 136 | Descriptions of show rpm output Field Description FTOS Version Displays the operating software version. Jumbo Capable Displays a Yes or No indicating if the RPM is capable of sending and receiving Jumbo frames. This field does not indicate if the chassis is in Jumbo mode; for that determination, use the show chassis brief command. CP Boot Flash Displays the two possible Boot Flash versions for the Control Processor.
show software ifm cs Display interface management (IFM) data. Syntax show software ifm {clients [summary] | ifagt number | ifcb interface | stack-unit unit-ID | trace-flags} Parameters clients Enter the keyword clients to display IFM client information. summary (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword summary to display brief information about IFM clients. ifagt number Enter the keyword ifagt followed by the number of an interface agent to display software pipe and IPC statistics.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com S-Series Example Figure 4-53.
Example Figure 4-54.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Figure 4-57shows the output from the show system stack-unit command on an S55. Example Figure 4-55. Command Example: show system brief FTOS#show system brief Stack MAC : 0:1:e8:d6:4:70 -- Stack Info -Unit UnitType Status ReqTyp CurTyp Version Ports --------------------------------------------------------------------------0 Member not present 1 Standby online S50V S50V 7.7.1.0 52 2 Mgmt online S50V S50V 7.7.1.
Example Figure 4-56.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Example Figure 4-57.
show tech-support (C-Series and E-Series) ce Display, or save to a file, a collection of data from other show commands, the information necessary for Dell Networking technical support to perform troubleshooting. Syntax show tech-support [linecard 0-6 | page] | {display | except | find | grep | no-more | save} Parameters linecard 0-6 (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword linecard followed by the linecard number to view information relating to a specific linecard.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com C-Series Example Figure 4-58. Command Example: show tech-support (partial) on C-Series FTOS#show tech-support page ----------------------------------- show version ------------------------------Dell Force10 Networks Real Time Operating System Software Dell Force10 Operating System Version: 1.0 Dell Force10 Application Software Version:8.3.12.0 Copyright (c) 1999-2011 by Dell Inc.
E-Series Example Figure 4-59.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com • • • • • • • • • • • Related Commands show inventory show ip management-route show ip protocols show ip route summary show processes cpu show processes memory show redundancy show rpm show running-conf show sfm show version show version Display the FTOS version. show linecard Display the line card(s) status. show environment (C-Series and E-Series) Display system component status.
S-Series Examples Figure 4-60.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Figure 4-61. Command Example: show tech-support (partial) on S-Series FTOS#show tech-support stack-unit 0 ----------------------------------- show version ------------------------------Dell Force10 Networks Real Time Operating System Software Dell Force10 Operating System Version: 1.0 Dell Force10 Application Software Version:8.3.12.0 Copyright (c) 1999-2011 by Dell Inc.
• • • • • • • Related Commands show ip protocols show ip route summary show processes cpu show processes memory show redundancy show running-conf show version show version Display the FTOS version. show system (S-Series) Display the current switch status. show environment (S-Series) Display system component status. show processes memory (S-Series) Display memory usage based on running processes. show util-threshold cpu ces Display the set CPU utilization threshold values.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information None EXEC PRIVILEGE Version 8.3.3.8 Introduced on S60 Version 8.3.5.3 Introduced on S55 Version 8.4.1.0 Introduced on C-Series, E-Series, S25 and S50 For C- and E-Series, this command displays all the memory utilization thresholds of the type of processor that is busy. For S-Series, this command displays all the memory utilization thresholds of the management, standby or stack-units.
Parameters Defaults Command Modes -l username (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword -l followed by your user name. Default: The user name associated with the terminal Not configured. EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on S55 telnet ces Syntax Connect through Telnet to a server. telnet {host | ip-address | ipv6-address prefix-length | vrf vrf instance name } [/source-interface] Parameters host Enter the name of a server.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command Modes EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on the S55. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale (IPv6) Increased number of VLANs on ExaScale to 4094 (was 2094) Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale (IPv4) Version 7.9.1.0 Introduced VRF. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.5.1.
Command History Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on S55 terminal length ces Syntax Configure the number of lines displayed on the terminal screen. terminal length screen-length To return to the default values, enter terminal no length. Parameters screen-length Defaults Command Modes Enter a number of lines. Entering zero will cause the terminal to display without pausing. Range: 0 to 512. Default: 24 lines. 24 lines EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on the S55. Version 8.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com traceroute ces Syntax View a packet’s path to a specific device. traceroute {host | vrf instance | ip-address | ipv6-address} Parameters Defaults Command Modes host Enter the name of device. vrf instance (Optional) E-Series Only: Enter the keyword vrf followed by the VRF Instance name. ip-address Enter the IP address of the device in dotted decimal format. ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address, in the x:x:x:x::x format, to which you are testing connectivity.
Example Figure 4-63. Command Example: traceroute (IPv6) FTOS#traceroute 100::1 Type Ctrl-C to abort. ----------------------------------------------------------Tracing the route to 100::1, 64 hops max, 60 byte packets ----------------------------------------------------------Hops Hostname Probe1 Probe2 Probe3 1 100::1 000.000 ms 000.000 ms 000.000 ms FTOS#traceroute 3ffe:501:ffff:100:201:e8ff:fe00:4c8b Type Ctrl-C to abort.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Defaults Command Modes (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword hw-trace to upload the CPU’s hardware trace. sw-trace (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword sw-trace to upload the CPU’s software trace. No default behavior or values EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History Usage Information 156 hw-trace | Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on C-Series and expanded to support command history, hardware trace, and software trace logs Version 6.1.1.
util-threshold cpu (C- and E-Series) ce Configure the high or low CPU utilization thresholds for SNMP traps. Syntax util-threshold cpu {5sec | 1min | 5min} {rp1 | rp2 | cp | lp slot-id | all} {high {0-100} | {low [0-100}} To return to the default settings, use the no util-threshold cpu command syntax. Parameters cpu utilization time Indicate the length of time in which the cpu has been busy. processor type Indicate the type of processor to be used to configure the CPU utilization information.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com util-threshold cpu (S-Series) s Syntax Configure the high or low CPU utilization thresholds for SNMP traps. util-threshold cpu {5sec | 1min | 5min} {Management-unit | standby | stack-unit unit-number | all} {high {0-100} | {low [0-100}}} To return to the default setting, enter no util-threshold cpu. Parameters cpu utilization time Enter the keyword that indicates the amount of threshold time to configure the CPU utilization thresholds.
util-threshold mem (C- and E-Series) ce Configure the high or low memory utilization thresholds for SNMP traps. Syntax util-threshold mem {rp1 | rp2 | cp | lp slot-id | all} {high {0-100} | {low [0-100}} To return to the default setting, use the no util-threshold mem command syntax. Parameters processor type Indicate the type of processor that will be used to configure the memory utilization information.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com util-threshold mem (S-Series) Configure the high or low memory utilization thresholds for SNMP traps. s Syntax util-threshold mem {Management-unit | standby | stack-unit unit-number | all} {high {0-100} | {low [0-100}}} To return to the default setting, enter the no util-threshold mem command syntax. Parameters unit Indicate the unit where you want to configure the memory utilization thresholds.
Defaults Command Modes Command History No default behavior or values CONFIGURATION Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on C-Series E-Series original Command Related Commands ip address Assign a primary and secondary IP address to the interface. write ces Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History Copy the current configuration to either the startup-configuration file or the terminal.
| Control and Monitoring www.dell.com | support.dell.
5 802.1ag Overview 802.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com ccm disable s Syntax Disable CCM. ccm disable Enter no ccm disable to enable CCM. Defaults Command Modes Command History Disabled ECFM DOMAIN Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on the S55. Version 8.3.1.0 Introduced on S-Series ccm transmit-interval s Syntax Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Configure the transmit interval (mandatory). The interval specified applies to all MEPs in the domain. ccm transmit-interval seconds seconds Enter a transmit interval.
Syntax Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History database hold-time minutes minutes Enter a hold-time. Range: 100-65535 minutes 100 minutes ECFM DOMAIN Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on the S55. Version 8.3.1.0 Introduced on S-Series disable s Syntax Defaults Command Modes Command History Disable Ethernet CFM without stopping the CFM process. disable Disabled ETHERNET CFM Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on the S55. Version 8.3.1.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Syntax Defaults Command Modes Command History ethernet cfm Disabled CONFIGURATION Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on the S55. Version 8.3.1.0 Introduced on S-Series ethernet cfm mep s Syntax Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Create an MEP. ethernet cfm mep {up-mep | down-mep} domain {name | level} ma-name name mepid mep-id [up-mep | down-mep] Specify whether the MEP is up or down facing.
mep cross-check s Syntax Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Enable cross-checking for an MEP. mep cross-check mep-id mep-id Enter the MEP ID Range: 1-8191 None ECFM DOMAIN Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on the S55. Version 8.3.1.0 Introduced on S-Series mep cross-check enable s Syntax Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Enable cross-checking. mep cross-check enable {port | vlan-id} port Down service with no VLAN association.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command History Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on the S55. Version 8.3.1.0 Introduced on S-Series ping ethernet s Syntax Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Send a Loopback message. ping ethernet domain [name l level] ma-name m a-name remote {dest-mep-id | mac-addr mac-address} source {src-mep-id | port interface} name | level Enter the domain name or level. ma-name ma-name Enter the keyword followed by the maintenance association name.
Example FTOS# show ethernet cfm domain Domain Name: customer Level: 7 Total Service: 1 Services MA-Name VLAN My_MA CC-Int 200 Domain Name: My_Domain Level: 6 Total Service: 1 Services MA-Name 10s VLAN Your_MA X-CHK Status CC-Int 100 enabled X-CHK Status 10s enabled show ethernet cfm maintenance-points local s Syntax Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Example Display configured MEPs and MIPs.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Defaults Command Modes Command History Example expired Enter this keyword to view MEP entries that have expired due to connectivity failure. waiting Enter this keyword to display MEP entries waiting for response. None EXEC Privilege Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on the S55. Version 8.3.1.
Command Modes Command History Example EXEC Privilege Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on the S55. Version 8.3.1.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Syntax Defaults Command Modes Command History Example show ethernet cfm traceroute-cache None EXEC Privilege Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on the S55. Version 8.3.1.
Command History Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on the S55. Version 8.3.1.0 Introduced on S-Series traceroute cache size s Syntax Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Set the size of the Link Trace Cache. traceroute cache size entries entries Enter the number of entries the Link Trace Cache can hold. Range: 1 - 4095 entries 100 entries ETHERNET CFM Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on the S55. Version 8.3.1.
| 802.1ag www.dell.com | support.dell.
6 Access Control Lists (ACL) Overview Access Control Lists (ACLs) are supported on platforms c e s FTOS supports the following types of Access Control List (ACL), IP prefix list, and route map: • • • • • • • • • • • Commands Common to all ACL Types Common IP ACL Commands Standard IP ACL Commands Extended IP ACL Commands Common MAC Access List Commands Standard MAC ACL Commands Extended MAC ACL Commands IP Prefix List Commands Route Map Commands AS-Path Commands IP Community List Commands Note: For IPv6 AC
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Parameters Defaults Command Modes text Enter a text string up to 80 characters long. Not enabled. CONFIGURATION-STANDARD-ACCESS-LIST CONFIGURATION-EXTENDED-ACCESS-LIST CONFIGURATION-MAC ACCESS LIST-STANDARD CONFIGURATION-MAC ACCESS LIST-EXTENDED Command History Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on the S55. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on C-Series pre-Version 6.2.1.
The following example shows the use of the remark command twice within the CONFIGURATION-STANDARD-ACCESS-LIST mode. Here, the same sequence number was used for the remark and for an associated ACL rule. The remark will precede the rule in the running-config because it is assumed that the remark is for the rule with the same sequence number, or the group of rules that follow the remark. Example Figure 6-1.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com c and s (non-S55) platforms support Ingress IP ACLs only. The supports both Ingress and Egress IP ACLs. The following commands allow you to clear, display, and assign IP ACL configurations. • • • • • access-class clear counters ip access-group ip access-group ip control-plane egress-filter show ip accounting access-list Note: See also Commands Common to all ACL Types. access-class ces Syntax Apply a standard ACL to a terminal line.
Command History Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on the S55. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.8.1.0 Increased name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to 7.8.1.0, names are up to 16 characters long. Version 7.6.1.0 Support added for S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Support added for C-Series pre-Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced ip access-group ces Syntax Assign an IP access list (IP ACL) to an interface.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com When you apply an ACL that filters IGMP traffic, all IGMP traffic is redirected to the CPUs and soft-forwarded, if required, in the following scenarios: • • Related Commands on a Layer 2 interface - if a Layer 3 ACL is applied to the interface. on a Layer 3 port or on a Layer 2/Layer 3 port ip access-list standard Configure a standard ACL. ip access-list extended Configure an extended ACL.
Example Version 7.5.1.0 Support added for C-Series pre-Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced Figure 6-3. Command Example: show ip accounting access-lists FTOS#show ip accounting access FILTER1 interface gig 1/6 Extended IP access list FILTER1 seq 5 deny ip any 191.1.0.0 /16 count (0x00 packets) seq 10 deny ip any 191.2.0.0 /16 order 4 seq 15 deny ip any 191.3.0.0 /16 seq 20 deny ip any 191.4.0.0 /16 seq 25 deny ip any 191.5.0.0 /16 Table 6-1 defines the information in Figure 6-3. Table 6-1.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com deny ces Syntax deny {source [mask] | any | host ip-address} [count [byte] | log] [dscp value] [order] [monitor] [fragments] To remove this filter, you have two choices: • • Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History 182 Configure a filter to drop packets with a certain IP address. | Use the no seq sequence-number command syntax if you know the filter’s sequence number or Use the no deny {source [mask] | any | host ip-address} command.
Usage Information The order option is relevant in the context of the Policy QoS feature only. See the “Quality of Service” chapter of the FTOS Configuration Guide for more information. When you use the log option, CP processor logs details about the packets that match. Depending on how many packets match the log entry and at what rate, the CP may become busy as it has to log these packets’ details. The monitor option is relevant in the context of flow-based monitoring only.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Example Figure 6-4. Command Example: ip access-list standard FTOS(conf)#ip access-list standard TestList FTOS(config-std-nacl)# Related Commands ip access-list extended Create an extended access list. show config Display the current configuration. permit ces Syntax Configure a filter to permit packets from a specific source IP address to leave the switch.
Command History Usage Information Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on the S55. Version 8.3.1.0 Add DSCP value for ACL matching. Version 8.2.1.0 Allows ACL control of fragmented packets for IP (Layer 3) ACLs. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.6.1.0 Added support for S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Added support for C-Series Version 7.4.1.0 Added support for non-contiguous mask and added the monitor option. Version 6.5.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command History Usage Information Related Commands Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on the S55. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale (IPv6) Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale (IPv4) Version 7.8.1.0 Increased name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to 7.8.1.0, names are up to 16 characters long. Version 7.6.1.0 Support added for S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Support added for C-Series Version 7.4.1.
seq ces Syntax Assign a sequence number to a deny or permit filter in an IP access list while creating the filter. seq sequence-number {deny | permit} {source [mask] | any | host ip-address}} [count [byte] | log] [dscp value] [order] [monitor] [fragments] To delete a filter, use the no seq sequence-number command. Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History sequence-number Enter a number from 0 to 4294967290.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Usage Information Version 7.6.1.0 Added support for S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Added support for C-Series Version 7.4.1.0 Added support for non-contiguous mask and added the monitor option. Version 6.5.10 Expanded to include the optional QoS order priority for the ACL entry. The monitor option is relevant in the context of flow-based monitoring only. See Chapter 28, Port Monitoring. The order option is relevant in the context of the Policy QoS feature only.
• • • • • • • • • • • • • deny udp ip access-list extended permit permit arp permit ether-type permit icmp permit tcp permit udp resequence access-list resequence prefix-list ipv4 seq arp seq ether-type seq Note: See also Commands Common to all ACL Types and Common IP ACL Commands. deny ces Syntax Configure a filter that drops IP packets meeting the filter criteria.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information order (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword order to specify the QoS priority for the ACL entry. Range: 0-254 (where 0 is the highest priority and 254 is the lowest; lower order numbers have a higher priority) Default: If the order keyword is not used, the ACLs have the lowest order by default (255).
deny arp e Syntax Configure an egress filter that drops ARP packets on egress ACL supported line cards (see your line card documentation).
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command History Usage Information Version 8.2.1.0 Allows ACL control of fragmented packets for IP (Layer 3) ACLs. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.4.1.0 Added monitor option Version 6.5.10 Expanded to include the optional QoS order priority for the ACL entry. The order option is relevant in the context of the Policy QoS feature only. See the “Quality of Service” chapter of the FTOS Configuration Guide for more information.
Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information source-mac-address mac-address-mask Enter a MAC address and mask in the nn:nn:nn:nn:nn format. For the MAC address mask, specify which bits in the MAC address must match. The MAC ACL supports an inverse mask, therefore, a mask of ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff allows entries that do not match and a mask of 00:00:00:00:00:00 only allows entries that match exactly. count (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword count to count packets processed by the filter.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com deny icmp e Syntax deny icmp {source mask | any | host ip-address} {destination mask | any | host ip-address} [dscp] [message-type] [count [byte] | log] [order] [monitor] [fragments] To remove this filter, you have two choices: • • Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History 194 Configure a filter to drop all or specific ICMP messages.
Usage Information Version 7.4.1.0 Added support for non-contiguous mask and added the monitor option. Version 6.5.10 Expanded to include the optional QoS order priority for the ACL entry. The order option is relevant in the context of the Policy QoS feature only. See the “Quality of Service” chapter of the FTOS Configuration Guide for more information. When you use the log option, CP processor logs details about the packets that match.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Table 6-2.
dscp Enter this keyword to deny a packet based on DSCP value.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command History Usage Information Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on the S55. Version 8.3.1.0 Added dscp keyword. Version 8.2.1.0 Allows ACL control of fragmented packets for IP (Layer 3) ACLs. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.6.1.0 Added support for S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Added support for C-Series Version 7.4.1.0 Added support for non-contiguous mask and added the monitor option. Deprecated established keyword. Version 6.5.
Related Commands deny Assign a filter to deny IP traffic. deny udp Assign a filter to deny UDP traffic. deny udp ces Syntax Configure a filter to drop UDP packets meeting the filter criteria.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information monitor (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword monitor when the rule is describing the traffic that you want to monitor and the ACL in which you are creating the rule will be applied to the monitored interface. For details, see the section “Flow-based Monitoring” in the Port Monitoring chapter of the FTOS Configuration Guide. fragments Enter the keyword fragments to use ACLs to control packet fragments.
For example, an ACL rule with TCP port range 4000 - 8000 will use 8 entries in the CAM: Rule# 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Data Mask From To #Covered 0000111110100000 0000111111000000 0001000000000000 0001100000000000 0001110000000000 0001111000000000 0001111100000000 0001111101000000 1111111111100000 1111111111000000 1111100000000000 1111110000000000 1111111000000000 1111111100000000 1111111111000000 1111111111111111 4000 4032 4096 6144 7168 7680 7936 8000 4031 4095 6143 7167 7679 7935 7999 8000 32 64 2048 10
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Example Figure 6-5. Command Example: ip access-list extended FTOS(conf)#ip access-list extended TESTListEXTEND FTOS(config-ext-nacl)# Related Commands ip access-list standard Configure a standard IP access list. show config Display the current configuration. permit ces Syntax Configure a filter to pass IP packets meeting the filter criteria.
Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information monitor (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword monitor when the rule is describing the traffic that you want to monitor and the ACL in which you are creating the rule will be applied to the monitored interface. For details, see the section “Flow-based Monitoring” in the Port Monitoring chapter of the FTOS Configuration Guide. fragments Enter the keyword fragments to use ACLs to control packet fragments. Not configured.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com To remove this filter, use one of the following: Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information 204 Use the no seq sequence-number command syntax if you know the filter’s sequence number or Use the no permit arp {destination-mac-address mac-address-mask | any} vlan vlan-id {ip-address | any | opcode code-number} command. • • | destination-mac-address mac-address-mask Enter a MAC address and mask in the nn:nn:nn:nn:nn format.
When you use the log option, CP processor logs details about the packets that match. Depending on how many packets match the log entry and at what rate, the CP may become busy as it has to log these packets’ details. The monitor option is relevant in the context of flow-based monitoring only. See the Chapter 28, Port Monitoring. You cannot include IP, TCP or UDP filters in an ACL configured with ARP filters.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Defaults Command Modes byte (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword byte to count bytes processed by the filter. log (OPTIONAL, E-Series only) Enter the keyword log to have the information kept in an ACL log file. order (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword order to specify the QoS priority for the ACL entry.
• Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information Use the no permit icmp {source mask | any | host ip-address} {destination mask | any | host ip-address} command. source Enter the IP address of the network or host from which the packets were sent. mask Enter a network mask in /prefix format (/x) or A.B.C.D. The mask, when specified in A.B.C.D format, may be either contiguous or non-contiguous. any Enter the keyword any to specify that all routes are subject to the filter.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com The monitor option is relevant in the context of the flow-based monitoring feature only. See Chapter 28, Port Monitoring. Note: When ACL logging and byte counters are configured simultaneously, byte counters may display an incorrect value. Configure packet counters with logging instead. permit tcp ces Syntax Configure a filter to pass TCP packets meeting the filter criteria.
Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information port port Enter the application layer port number. Enter two port numbers if using the range logical operand. Range: 0 to 65535. The following list includes some common TCP port numbers: 23 = Telnet 20 and 21 = FTP 25 = SMTP 169 = SNMP destination Enter the IP address of the network or host to which the packets are sent. mask Enter a network mask in /prefix format (/x) or A.B.C.D. The mask, when specified in A.B.C.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com When you use the log option, CP processor logs details about the packets that match. Depending on how many packets match the log entry and at what rate, the CP may become busy as it has to log these packets’ details. The C-Series and S-Series cannot count both packets and bytes, so when you enter the count byte options, only bytes are incremented. Most ACL rules require one entry in the CAM.
Parameters source Enter the IP address of the network or host from which the packets were sent. mask Enter a network mask in /prefix format (/x) or A.B.C.D. The mask, when specified in A.B.C.D format, may be either contiguous or non-contiguous. any Enter the keyword any to specify that all routes are subject to the filter. host ip-address Enter the keyword host followed by the IP address to specify a host IP address. dscp Enter this keyword to deny a packet based on DSCP value.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Usage Information The order option is relevant in the context of the Policy QoS feature only. See the Quality of Service chapter of the FTOS Configuration Guide for more information. The monitor option is relevant in the context of the flow-based monitoring feature only. See Chapter 28, Port Monitoring. Note: When ACL logging and byte counters are configured simultaneously, byte counters may display an incorrect value. Configure packet counters with logging instead.
resequence access-list ces Syntax Parameters Defaults Command Modes Re-assign sequence numbers to entries of an existing access-list. resequence access-list {ipv4 | mac} {access-list-name StartingSeqNum Step-to-Increment} ipv4 | mac Enter the keyword ipv4, or mac to identify the access list type to resequence. access-list-name Enter the name of a configured IP access list, up to 140 characters. StartingSeqNum Enter the starting sequence number to resequence.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command Modes EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History Usage Information Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.8.1.0 Increased name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to 7.8.1.0, names are up to 16 characters long. Version 7.6.1.0 Added support for S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Added support for C-Series Version 7.4.1.
Defaults Command Modes byte (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword byte to count bytes processed by the filter. log (OPTIONAL, E-Series only) Enter the keyword log to have the information kept in an ACL log file. order (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword order to specify the QoS priority for the ACL entry. Range: 0-254 (where 0 is the highest priority and 254 is the lowest; lower order numbers have a higher priority) Default: If the order keyword is not used, the ACLs have the lowest order by default (255).
www.dell.com | support.dell.com 216 seq ether-type e Syntax Configure an egress filter with a specific sequence number that filters traffic with specified types of Ethernet packets. This command is supported only on 12-port GE line cards with SFP optics; refer to your line card documentation for specifications.
Defaults Command Modes Not configured. CONFIGURATION-EXTENDED-ACCESS-LIST Command History Usage Information Version 8.2.1.0 Allows ACL control of fragmented packets for IP (Layer 3) ACLs. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.4.1.0 Added monitor option Version 6.5.10 Expanded to include the optional QoS order priority for the ACL entry. The monitor option is relevant in the context of the flow-based monitoring feature only. See Chapter 28, Port Monitoring.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com ip Enter the keyword ip to configure a generic IP access list. The keyword ip specifies that the access list will permit all IP protocols. tcp Enter the keyword tcp to configure a TCP access list filter. udp Enter the keyword udp to configure a UDP access list filter. source Enter the IP address of the network or host from which the packets were sent. mask Enter a network mask in /prefix format (/x) or A.B.C.D. The mask, when specified in A.B.C.
Command Modes CONFIGURATION-EXTENDED-ACCESS-LIST Command History Usage Information Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on the S55. Version 8.3.1.0 Add DSCP value for ACL matching. Version 8.2.1.0 Allows ACL control of fragmented packets for IP (Layer 3) ACLs. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.6.1.0 Added support for S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Added support for C-Series Version 7.4.1.0 Added support for non-contiguous mask and added the monitor option.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com The following commands allow you to clear, display and assign MAC ACL configurations. • • • clear counters mac access-group mac access-group show mac accounting access-list clear counters mac access-group ces Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History Clear counters for all or a specific MAC ACL. clear counters mac access-group [mac-list-name] mac-list-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the name of a configured MAC access list. EXEC Privilege Version 8.3.5.
Usage Information Version 7.5.1.0 Support added for C-Series pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced for E-Series You can assign one ACL (standard or extended) to an interface. Prior to 7.8.1.0, names are up to 16 characters long. Related Commands mac access-list standard Configure a standard MAC ACL. mac access-list extended Configure an extended MAC ACL. show mac accounting access-list ces Syntax Parameters Display MAC access list configurations and counters (if configured).
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Example Figure 6-6.
Defaults Command Modes Command History mac-source-address-mask (OPTIONAL) Specify which bits in the MAC address must match. If no mask is specified, a mask of 00:00:00:00:00:00 is applied (in other words, the filter allows only MAC addresses that match). count (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword count to count packets processed by the filter. byte (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword byte to count bytes processed by the filter. log (OPTIONAL, E-Series only) Enter the keyword log to log the packets.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Defaults Command Modes Not configured CONFIGURATION Command History Usage Information Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on the S55. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.8.1.0 Increased name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to 7.8.1.0, names are up to 16 characters long. Version 7.6.1.0 Support added for S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Support added for C-Series pre-Version 6.1.1.
Defaults Command Modes Command History mac-source-address-mask (OPTIONAL) Specify which bits in the MAC address must match. If no mask is specified, a mask of 00:00:00:00:00:00 is applied (in other words, the filter allows only MAC addresses that match). count (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword count to count packets processed by the filter. byte (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword byte to count bytes processed by the filter. log (OPTIONAL, E-Series only) Enter the keyword log to log the packets.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Defaults Command Modes Command History any Enter the keyword any to filter all packets. mac-source-address Enter a MAC address in nn:nn:nn:nn:nn:nn format. mac-source-address-mask (OPTIONAL) Specify which bits in the MAC address must match. If no mask is specified, a mask of 00:00:00:00:00:00 is applied (in other words, the filter allows only MAC addresses that match). count (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword count to count packets processed by the filter.
The following commands configure Extended MAC ACLs. • • • • deny mac access-list extended permit seq Note: See also Commands Common to all ACL Types and Common MAC Access List Commands. deny ces Syntax Configure a filter to drop packets that match the filter criteria.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Defaults Command Modes Command History log (OPTIONAL, E-Series only) Enter the keyword log to log the packets. monitor (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword monitor when the rule is describing the traffic that you want to monitor and the ACL in which you are creating the rule will be applied to the monitored interface. For details, see the section “Flow-based Monitoring” in the Port Monitoring chapter of the FTOS Configuration Guide. Not configured.
Usage Information Version 7.6.1.0 Support added for S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Support added for C-Series pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced for E-Series The number of entries allowed per ACL is hardware-dependent. Refer to your line card documentation for detailed specification on entries allowed per ACL. Prior to 7.8.1.0, names are up to 16 characters long. Example Figure 6-8.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com mac-source-address-mask Specify which bits in the MAC address must be matched. The MAC ACL supports an inverse mask, therefore, a mask of ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff allows entries that do not match and a mask of 00:00:00:00:00:00 only allows entries that match exactly. mac-destination-address Enter the destination MAC address and mask in nn:nn:nn:nn:nn:nn format. mac-destination-address-mask Specify which bits in the MAC address must be matched.
seq ces Syntax Configure a filter with a specific sequence number. seq sequence-number {deny | permit} {any | host mac-address | mac-source-address mac-source-address-mask} {any | host mac-address | mac-destination-address mac-destination-address-mask} [ethertype operator] [count [byte]] [log] [monitor] To delete a filter, use the no seq sequence-number command. Parameters sequence-number Enter a number as the filter sequence number. Range: zero (0) to 65535.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command History Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on the S55. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.6.1.0 Support added for S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Support added for C-Series Version 7.4.1.0 Added monitor option pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced for E-Series Note: When ACL logging and byte counters are configured simultaneously, byte counters may display an incorrect value. Configure packet counters with logging instead.
Command History Default Related Commands Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on the S55. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.8.1.0 Increased name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to 7.8.1.0, names are up to 16 characters long. Version 7.6.1.0 Support added for S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Support added for C-Series pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced for E-Series Clears “hit” counters for all prefix lists unless a prefix list is specified.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com ip prefix-list ces Syntax Enter the PREFIX-LIST mode and configure a prefix list. ip prefix-list prefix-name To delete a prefix list, use the no ip prefix-list prefix-name command. Parameters Command Modes Command History Usage Information prefix-name Enter a string up to 16 characters long as the name of the prefix list, up to 140 characters long. CONFIGURATION Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on the S55. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.8.1.
Command History Usage Information Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on the S55. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.6.1.0 Support added for S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Support added for C-Series pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced for E-Series Sequence numbers for this filter are automatically assigned starting at sequence number 5. If the options ge or le are not used, only packets with an exact match to the prefix are filtered.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Usage Information Version 7.5.1.0 Added support for C-Series Version 6.3.1.0 Added bitmask option If the options ge or le are not used, only packets with an exact match to the prefix are filtered. Related Commands deny Configure a filter to drop packets. permit Configure a filter to pass packets. show config ces Display the current PREFIX-LIST configurations. Syntax show config Command Modes PREFIX-LIST Command History Version 8.3.5.
Example Version 7.5.1.0 Support added for C-Series pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced for E-Series Figure 6-10. Command Example: show ip prefix-list detail FTOS#show ip prefix-list detail Prefix-list with the last deletion/insertion: filter_ospf ip prefix-list filter_in: count: 3, range entries: 3, sequences: 5 - 10 seq 5 deny 1.102.0.0/16 le 32 (hit count: 0) seq 6 deny 2.1.0.0/16 ge 23 (hit count: 0) seq 10 permit 0.0.0.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Example Figure 6-11.
• • show config show route-map continue ces Syntax Configure a route-map to go to a route-map entry with a higher sequence number. continue [sequence-number] To remove the continue clause, use the no continue [sequence-number] command. Parameters Defaults sequence-number (OPTIONAL) Enter the route map sequence number. Range: 1 - 65535 Default: no sequence number Not Configured Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on the S55. Version 8.1.1.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Set clause with Continue clause If the route-map entry contains sets with the continue clause, then set actions is performed first followed by the continue clause jump to the specified route map entry. • • Related Commands If a set actions occurs in the first route map entry and then the same set action occurs with a different value in a subsequent route map entry, the last set of actions overrides the previous set of actions with the same set command.
Command History Related Commands Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on the S55. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.8.1.0 Increased name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to 7.8.1.0, names are up to 16 characters long. Version 7.6.1.0 Support added for S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Support added for C-Series pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced for E-Series set as-path Add information to the BGP AS_PATH attribute.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Parameters interface Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • • • • • • • For a Fast Ethernet interface, enter the keyword FastEthernet followed by the slot/port information. For a Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet followed by the slot/ port information. For the loopback interface, enter the keyword loopback followed by a number from zero (0) to 16383.
Command History Related Commands Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on the S55. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.8.1.0 Increased name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to 7.8.1.0, names are up to 16 characters long. Version 7.6.1.0 Support added for S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Support added for C-Series pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced for E-Series match interface Redistribute routes that match the next-hop interface.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com match route-type Redistribute routes that match a route type. match tag Redistribute routes that match a specific tag. match ip route-source ces Syntax Configure a filter to match based on the routes advertised by routes specified in IP access lists or IP prefix lists. match ip route-source {access-list | prefix-list prefix-list-name} To delete a match, use the no match ip route-source {access-list | prefix-list prefix-list-name} command.
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on the S55. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.6.1.0 Support added for S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Support added for C-Series pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced for E-Series Related Commands match interface Redistribute routes that match the next-hop interface. match ip address Redistribute routes that match an IP address.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Parameters Defaults external [type-1| type-2] Enter the keyword external followed by either type-1 or type-2 to match only on OSPF Type 1 routes or OSPF Type 2 routes. internal Enter the keyword internal to match only on routes generated within OSPF areas. level-1 Enter the keyword level-1 to match IS-IS Level 1 routes. level-2 Enter the keyword level-2 to match IS-IS Level 2 routes.
Related Commands match interface Redistribute routes that match the next-hop interface. match ip address Redistribute routes that match an IP address. match ip next-hop Redistribute routes that match the next-hop IP address. match ip route-source Redistribute routes that match routes advertised by other routers. match metric Redistribute routes that match a specific metric. match route-type Redistribute routes that match a route type.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Prior to 7.8.1.0, names are up to 16 characters long. Related Commands show config Display the current configuration. set as-path ces Syntax Configure a filter to modify the AS path for BGP routes. set as-path prepend as-number [... as-number] To remove an AS-Path setting, use the no set as-path {prepend as-number | tag} command. Parameters prepend as-number Enter the keyword prepend followed by up to eight AS numbers to be inserted into the BGP path information.
Command History Related Commands Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on the S55. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.6.1.0 Support added for S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Support added for C-Series pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced for E-Series set level Specify the OSPF area for route redistribution. set metric Specify the metric value assigned to redistributed routes. set metric-type Specify the metric type assigned to redistributed routes.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Redistribute routes that match the COMMUNITY attribute. set community Specify a COMMUNITY attribute. set community ces Syntax Allows you to assign a BGP COMMUNITY attribute. set community {community-number | local-as | no-advertise | no-export | none} [additive] To delete a BGP COMMUNITY attribute assignment, use the no set community {community-number | local-as | no-advertise | no-export | none} command.
set level ces Syntax Configure a filter to specify the IS-IS level or OSPF area to which matched routes are redistributed. set level {backbone | level-1 | level-1-2 | level-2 | stub-area} To remove a set level condition, use the no set level {backbone | level-1 | level-1-2 | level-2 | stub-area} command. Parameters Defaults backbone Enter the keyword backbone to redistribute matched routes to the OSPF backbone area (area 0.0.0.0).
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command History Usage Information Related Commands Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on the S55. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.6.1.0 Support added for S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Support added for C-Series pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced for E-Series The set local-preference command changes the LOCAL_PREF attribute for routes meeting the route map criteria. To change the LOCAL_PREF for all routes, use the command.
Parameters Defaults internal Enter the keyword internal to assign the Interior Gateway Protocol metric of the next hop as the route’s BGP MULTI_EXIT_DES (MED) value. external Enter the keyword external to assign the IS-IS external metric. type-1 Enter the keyword type-1 to assign the OSPF Type 1 metric. type-2 Enter the keyword type-2 to assign the OSPF Type 2 metric. Not configured. Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on the S55. Version 8.3.1.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com If you configure the set next-hop command with the interface’s (either Loopback or physical) IP address, the software declares the route unreachable. Related Commands match ip next-hop Redistribute routes that match the next-hop IP address. neighbor next-hop-self Configure the routers as the next hop for a BGP neighbor. set origin ces Syntax Configure a filter to manipulate the BGP ORIGIN attribute.
Related Commands Version 7.5.1.0 Support added for C-Series pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced for E-Series set automatic-tag Compute the tag value of the route. set level Specify the OSPF area for route redistribution. set metric Specify the metric value assigned to redistributed routes. set metric-type Specify the route type assigned to redistributed routes. set weight ces Syntax Configure a filter to add a non-RFC compliant attribute to the BGP route to assist with route selection.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Example Version 7.5.1.0 Support added for C-Series pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced for E-Series Figure 6-13. Command Example: show config FTOS(config-route-map)#show config ! route-map hopper permit 10 FTOS(config-route-map)# show route-map ces Syntax Display the current route map configurations. show route-map [map-name] Parameters Command Modes map-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the name of a configured route map, up to 140 characters.
• • • permit show config show ip as-path-access-lists deny e Syntax Create a filter to drop routes that match the route’s AS-PATH attribute. Use regular expressions to identify which routes are affected by the filter. deny as-regular-expression To remove this filter, use the no deny as-regular-expression command. Parameters as-regular-expression Enter a regular expression to match BGP AS-PATH attributes.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Parameters Defaults Command Modes Example as-path-name Enter the access-list name, up to 140 characters. Not configured CONFIGURATION Figure 6-15. Command Example: ip as-path access-list FTOS(conf)#ip as-path access-list TestPath FTOS(config-as-path)# Usage Information Command History Related Commands Use the match as-path or commands to apply the AS-PATH ACL to BGP routes. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.8.1.
Defaults Not configured Command Modes AS-PATH ACL Command History Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced for E-Series show config e Syntax Display the current configuration. show config Command Mode AS-PATH ACL Command History Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced for E-Series Example Figure 6-16.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com IP Community List Commands IP Community List commands are supported on E-Series only, as indicated by this character under each command heading: e The commands in this section are. • • • • • deny ip community-list permit show config show ip community-lists deny e Syntax Create a filter to drop routes matching a BGP COMMUNITY number.
no-export Enter the keywords no-export to drop all routes containing the well-known community attribute of NO_EXPORT. All routes with the NO_EXPORT (0xFFFFFF01) community attribute must not be advertised outside a BGP confederation boundary. regexp regular-expression Enter the keyword regexp followed by a regular expression. Use one or a combination of the following: • • • • • • • • • Defaults Command Modes Command History .
www.dell.com | support.dell.com permit e Syntax Configure a filter to forward routes that match the route’s COMMUNITY attribute. permit {community-number | local-AS | no-advertise | no-export | quote-regexp regular-expressions-list | regexp regular-expression} To remove this filter, use the no permit {community-number | local-AS | no-advertise | no-export | quote-regexp regular-expressions-list | regexp regular-expression} command.
show config e Syntax Command Mode Command History Example Display the non-default information in the current configuration. show config COMMUNITY-LIST Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced for E-Series Figure 6-19.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Example 264 Figure 6-20.
7 Border Gateway Protocol IPv4(BGPv4) Overview BGPv4 is supported as shown in the following table. FTOS version Platform support 8.3.5.0 S55 8.1.1.0 E-Series ExaScale 7.8.1.0 S-Series 7.7.1.0. C-Series pre-7.7.1.0 E-Series TeraScale ex s c et For detailed information on configuring BGP, refer to the BGP chapter in the FTOS Configuration Guide.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com BGPv4 Commands Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) is an external gateway protocol that transmits interdomain routing information within and between Autonomous Systems (AS). BGP version 4 (BGPv4) supports Classless InterDomain Routing (CIDR) and the aggregation of routes and AS paths. Basically, two routers (called neighbors or peers) exchange information including full routing tables and periodically send messages to update those routing tables. Note: FTOS Version 7.7.
• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • debug ip bgp events debug ip bgp keepalives debug ip bgp notifications debug ip bgp soft-reconfiguration debug ip bgp updates default-metric description distance bgp maximum-paths neighbor activate neighbor advertisement-interval neighbor advertisement-start neighbor allowas-in neighbor default-originate neighbor description neighbor distribute-list neighbor ebgp-multihop neighbor fall-over neighbor filter-list neig
www.dell.com | support.dell.
Parameters Defaults Command Modes ip-address mask Enter the IP address and mask of the route to be the aggregate address. Enter the IP address in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D) and mask in /prefix format (/x). advertise-map map-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords advertise-map followed by the name of a configured route map to set filters for advertising an aggregate route. as-set (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword as-set to generate path attribute information and include it in the aggregate.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com bgp always-compare-med ces Syntax Enables you to enable comparison of the MULTI_EXIT_DISC (MED) attributes in the paths from different external ASs. bgp always-compare-med To disable comparison of MED, enter no bgp always-compare-med. Defaults Command Modes Usage Information Command History Disabled (that is, the software only compares MEDs from neighbors within the same AS).
Example Figure 7-1.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com To disable MED comparison on BGP confederation paths, enter no bgp bestpath med confed. Defaults Command Modes Usage Information Command History Disabled ROUTER BGP The software compares the MEDs only if the path contains no external autonomous system numbers. If you enable this command, use the clear ip bgp * command to recompute the best path. Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on the S55. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced support on S-Series Version 7.7.1.
Command History Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on the S55. Version 8.3.1.0 Introduced bgp client-to-client reflection ces Syntax Enables you to enable route reflection between clients in a cluster. bgp client-to-client reflection To disable client-to-client reflection, enter no bgp client-to-client reflection. Defaults Command Modes Usage Information Related Commands Command History Enabled when a route reflector is configured.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Related Commands Command History bgp client-to-client reflection Enable route reflection between route reflector and clients. neighbor route-reflector-client Configure a route reflector and clients. show ip bgp cluster-list View paths with a cluster ID. Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on the S55. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced support on S-Series Version 7.7.1.
bgp confederation peers ces Syntax Specify the Autonomous Systems (ASs) that belong to the BGP confederation. bgp confederation peers as-number [...as-number] To return to the default, enter no bgp confederation peers. Parameters as-number Enter the AS number. Range: 0-65535 (2-Byte) or 1-4294967295 (4-Byte) or 0.1-65535.65535 (Dotted format) ...as-number (OPTIONAL) Enter up to 16 confederation numbers. Range: 0-65535 (2-Byte) or 1-4294967295 (4-Byte) or 0.1-65535.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Parameters half-life (OPTIONAL) Enter the number of minutes after which the Penalty is decreased. After the router assigns a Penalty of 1024 to a route, the Penalty is decreased by half after the half-life period expires. Range: 1 to 45. Default: 15 minutes Defaults Command Modes Usage Information Related Commands Command History reuse (OPTIONAL) Enter a number as the reuse value, which is compared to the flapping route’s Penalty value.
Parameters Defaults Command Modes Usage Information Related Commands Command History value Enter a number to assign to routes as the degree of preference for those routes. When routes are compared, the higher the degree of preference or local preference value, the more the route is preferred. Range: 0 to 4294967295 Default: 100 100 ROUTER BGP The bgp default local-preference command setting is applied by all routers within the AS.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com bgp fast-external-fallover ces Syntax Enable the fast external fallover feature, which immediately resets the BGP session if a link to a directly connected external peer fails. bgp fast-external-fallover To disable fast external fallover, enter no bgp fast-external-fallover. Defaults Command Modes Usage Information Command History Enabled. ROUTER BGP The bgp fast-external-fallover command appears in the show config command output. Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on the S55.
bgp graceful-restart ces Syntax Enable graceful restart on a BGP neighbor, a BGP node, or designate a local router to support graceful restart as a receiver only. bgp graceful-restart [restart-time seconds] [stale-path-time seconds] [role receiver-only] To return to the default, enter the no bgp graceful-restart command.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command History Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced support on S-Series Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced support on C-Series bgp non-deterministic-med ces Syntax Compare MEDs of paths from different Autonomous Systems. bgp non-deterministic-med To return to the default, enter no bgp non-deterministic-med. Defaults Command Modes Usage Information Disabled (that is, paths/routes for the same destination but from different ASs will not have their MEDs compared).
Command History Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on the S55. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced support on S-Series Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced support on C-Series Version 7.2.1.0 Introduced bgp regex-eval-optz-disable ces Syntax Disables the Regex Performance engine that optimizes complex regular expression with BGP. bgp regex-eval-optz-disable To re-enable optimization engine, use the no bgp regex-eval-optz-disable command.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Example Figure 7-2. Command Example: no bgp regex-eval-optz-disable FTOS(conf-router_bgp)#no bgp regex-eval-optz-disable FTOS(conf-router_bgp)#do show ip protocols Routing Protocol is "ospf 22222" Router ID is 2.2.2.2 Area Routing for Networks 51 10.10.10.0/00 Routing Protocol is "bgp 1" Cluster Id is set to 10.10.10.0 Router Id is set to 10.10.10.
Usage Information When soft-reconfiguration is enabled for a neighbor and the clear ip bgp soft in is executed, the update database stored in the router is replayed and updates are reevaluated. With this command, the replay and update process is triggered only if route-refresh request is not negotiated with the peer. If the request is indeed negotiated (upon execution of clear ip bgp soft in), then BGP sends a route-refresh request to the neighbor and receives all of the peer’s updates.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com capture bgp-pdu max-buffer-size ces Syntax Parameters Set the size of the BGP packet capture buffer. This buffer size pertains to both IPv4 and IPv6 addresses. capture bgp-pdu max-buffer-size 100-102400000 100-102400000 Defaults 40960000 bytes. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Related Commands Command History Enter a size for the capture buffer. capture bgp-pdu neighbor Enable capture of an IPv4 BGP neighbor packet.
Related Commands Command History bgp recursive-bgp-next-hop Disable next-hop resolution through other routes learned by BGP bgp soft-reconfig-backup Turn on BGP Soft Reconfiguration Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on the S55. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced support on S-Series Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced support on C-Series Version 6.5.1.0 Expanded to include the as-number option clear ip bgp peer-group ces Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History Reset a peer-group’s BGP sessions.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com clear ip bgp flap-statistics ces Syntax Parameters Clear BGP flap statistics, which includes number of flaps and the time of the last flap. clear ip bgp flap-statistics [ip-address mask | filter-list as-path-name | regexp regular-expression] ip-address mask (OPTIONAL) Enter an IP address in dotted decimal format and the prefix mask in slash format (/x) to reset only that prefix.
Parameters Command Modes Usage Information ip-address Enter the IP address of the neighbor in dotted decimal format. peer-group peer-group-name Enter the keyword peer-group followed by the name of the peer group. in (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword in to view only information on inbound BGP routes. out (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword out to view only information on outbound BGP routes.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command History Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on the S55. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced support on S-Series Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced support on C-Series debug ip bgp events ces Syntax Display information on local BGP state changes and other BGP events. debug ip bgp [ip-address | peer-group peer-group-name] events [in | out] To disable debugging, use the no debug ip bgp [ip-address | peer-group peer-group-name] events command.
Usage Information Command History Enter no debug ip bgp command to remove all configured debug commands for BGP. Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on the S55. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced support on S-Series Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced support on C-Series debug ip bgp notifications ces Syntax Enables you to view information about BGP notifications received from neighbors.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command Modes Usage Information Command History EXEC Privilege This command turns on BGP soft-reconfiguration inbound debugging. If no neighbor is specified, debug is turned on for all neighbors. Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on the S55. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced support on S-Series Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced support on C-Series Version 7.2.1.0 Introduced debug ip bgp updates ces Syntax Enables you to view information about BGP updates.
Parameters Defaults Command Modes Usage Information number 0 ROUTER BGP The default-metric command in BGP sets the value of the BGP MULTI_EXIT_DISC (MED) attribute for redistributed routes only. Related Commands Command History Enter a number as the metric to be assigned to routes from other protocols. Range: 1 to 4294967295. bgp always-compare-med Enable comparison of all BGP MED attributes. redistribute Redistribute routes from other routing protocols into BGP. Version 8.3.5.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Parameters Defaults Command Modes external-distance Enter a number to assign to routes learned from a neighbor external to the AS. Range: 1 to 255. Default: 20 internal-distance Enter a number to assign to routes learned from a router within the AS. Range: 1 to 255. Default: 200 local-distance Enter a number to assign to routes learned from networks listed in the network command. Range: 1 to 255.
Command History Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on the S55. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced support on S-Series Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced support on C-Series neighbor activate ces Syntax This command allows the specified neighbor/peer group to be enabled for the current AFI/SAFI (Address Family Identifier/Subsequent Address Family Identifier). neighbor [ip-address | peer-group-name] activate To disable, use the no neighbor [ip-address | peer-group-name] activate command.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on the S55. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced support on S-Series Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced support on C-Series neighbor advertisement-start ces Syntax Set the minimum interval before starting to send BGP routing updates. neighbor {ip-address} advertisement-start seconds To return to the default value, use the no neighbor {ip-address } advertisement-start command.
Command History Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on the S55. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced support on S-Series Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on C-Series and E-Series neighbor default-originate ces Syntax Inject the default route to a BGP peer or neighbor. neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} default-originate [route-map map-name] To remove a default route, use the no neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} default-originate command.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command History Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on the S55. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced support on S-Series Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced support on C-Series neighbor distribute-list ces Syntax Distribute BGP information via an established prefix list.
Parameters Defaults Command Modes Usage Information Command History ip-address Enter the IP address of the neighbor in dotted decimal format. peer-group-name Enter the name of the peer group. ttl (OPTIONAL) Enter the number of hops as the Time to Live (ttl) value. Range: 1 to 255. Default: 255 Disabled. ROUTER BGP To prevent loops, the neighbor ebgp-multihop command will not install default routes of the multihop peer. Networks not directly connected are not considered valid for best path selection.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com neighbor filter-list ces Syntax Configure a BGP filter based on the AS-PATH attribute. neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} filter-list as-path-name {in | out} To delete a BGP filter, use the no neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} filter-list as-path-name {in | out} command. Parameters ip-address Enter the IP address of the neighbor in dotted decimal format. peer-group-name Enter the name of the peer group to apply the filter to all routers in the peer group.
Defaults Command Modes Usage Information Command History restart-time seconds Enter the keyword restart-time followed by the maximum number of seconds needed to restart and bring-up all the peers. Range: 1 to 3600 seconds Default: 120 seconds stale-path-time seconds Enter the keyword stale-path-time followed by the maximum number of seconds to wait before restarting a peer’s stale paths. Default: 360 seconds.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command History Introduced on the S55. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced support on S-Series Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced command Introduced support on C-Series neighbor maximum-prefix ces Syntax Control the number of network prefixes received. neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} maximum-prefix maximum [threshold] [warning-only] To return to the default values, use the no neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} maximum-prefix maximum command.
neighbor next-hop-self ces Syntax Enables you to configure the router as the next hop for a BGP neighbor. (This command is used for IBGP). neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} next-hop-self To return to the default setting, use the no neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} next-hop-self command. Parameters Defaults Command Modes Usage Information Command History ip-address Enter the IP address of the neighbor in dotted decimal format. peer-group-name Enter the name of the peer group. Disabled.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com If you specify a BGP peer group by using the peer-group-name parameter, all the members of the peer group will inherit the characteristic configured with this command.
A neighbor may keep its configuration after it was added to a peer group if the neighbor’s configuration is more specific than the peer group’s, and the neighbor’s configuration does not affect outgoing updates. A peer group must exist before you add a peer to it. If the peer group is disabled (shutdown) the peers within the group are also disabled (shutdown). Related Commands Command History clear ip bgp Resets BGP sessions. neighbor peer-group (creating group) Create a peer group.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com To delete a passive peer-group, use the no neighbor peer-group-name peer-group passive command. Parameters peer-group-name Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Usage Information Related Commands Command History Enter a text string up to 16 characters long as the name of the peer group. After you configure a peer group as passive, you must assign it a subnet using the neighbor soft-reconfiguration inbound command.
Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced support on S-Series Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced support on C-Series Added 4-Byte support. neighbor remove-private-as ces Syntax Remove private AS numbers from the AS-PATH of outgoing updates. neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} remove-private-as To return to the default, use the no neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} remove-private-as command.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Parameters ip-address Enter the IP address of the neighbor in dotted decimal format. peer-group-name Enter the name of the peer group. map-name Enter the name of an established route map. If the Route map is not configured, the default is deny (to drop all routes). in Enter the keyword in to filter inbound routes. out Enter the keyword out to filter outbound routes. Defaults Not configured.
neighbor send-community ces Syntax Send a COMMUNITY attribute to a BGP neighbor or peer group. A COMMUNITY attribute indicates that all routes with that attribute belong to the same community grouping. neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} send-community To disable sending a COMMUNITY attribute, use the no neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} send-community command.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command History Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on the S55. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced support on S-Series Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced support on C-Series neighbor soft-reconfiguration inbound ces Syntax Enable soft-reconfiguration for BGP. neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} soft-reconfiguration inbound To disable, use the no neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} soft-reconfiguration inbound command.
Parameters subnet-number Enter a subnet number in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D.) as the allowable range of addresses included in the Peer group. To allow all addresses, enter 0.0.0.0/0. mask Enter a prefix mask in / prefix-length format (/x). Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced support on S-Series Version 7.7.1.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced support on S-Series Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced support on C-Series neighbor update-source ces Syntax Enable the E-Series software to use Loopback interfaces for TCP connections for BGP sessions. neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} update-source interface To use the closest interface, use the no neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} update-source interface command.
Usage Information In the FTOS best path selection process, the path with the highest weight value is preferred. Note: Reset the neighbor connection (clear ip bgp * command) to apply the weight to the connection and recompute the best path. If the set weight command is configured in a route map applied to this neighbor, the weight set in that command overrides the weight set in the neighbor weight command.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command History Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on the S55. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced support on S-Series Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced support on C-Series network backdoor ces Syntax Specify this IGP route as the preferred route. network ip-address mask backdoor To remove a network, use the no network ip-address mask backdoor command. Parameters ip-address Enter an IP address in dotted decimal format of the network.
static Enter the keyword static to redistribute manually configured routes. These routes are treated as incomplete routes. route-map map-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword route-map followed by the name of an established route map. Only the following ROUTE-MAP mode commands are supported: • match ip address • set community • set local-preference • set metric • set next-hop • set origin • set weight If the route map is not configured, the default is deny (to drop all routes). Defaults Not configured.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Parameters Defaults Command Modes Example WORD ISO routing area tag level-1 (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword level-1 to independently redistributed into Level 1 routes only. level-1-2 (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword level-1-2 to independently redistributed into Level 1 and Level 2 routes. This is the default.
To stop redistribution of OSPF routes, use the no redistribute ospf process-id command. Parameters process-id Enter the number of the OSPF process. Range: 1 to 65535 match external {1 | 2} (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords match external to redistribute OSPF external routes. You can specify 1 or 2 to redistribute those routes only. match internal (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords match internal to redistribute OSPF internal routes only.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Example Figure 7-4. Command Example: router bgp FTOS(conf)#router bgp 3 FTOS(conf-router_bgp)# Command History Usage Information Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on the S55. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced support on S-Series Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced support on C-Series At least one interface must be in Layer 3 mode for the router bgp command to be accepted. If no interfaces are enabled for Layer 3, an error message appears: % Error: No router id configured.
Command History Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on the S55. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced support on S-Series Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced support on C-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced show config ces Syntax Command Modes Example View the current ROUTER BGP configuration. show config ROUTER BGP Figure 7-6. show config Command Example FTOS(conf-router_bgp)#show confi ! router bgp 45 neighbor suzanne peer-group neighbor suzanne no shutdown neighbor sara peer-group neighbor sara shutdown neighbor 13.14.15.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Usage Information Example When you enable bgp non-deterministic-med command, the show ip bgp command output for a BGP route does not list the INACTIVE reason. Figure 7-7. show ip bgp Command Example (Partial) FTOS>show ip bgp BGP table version is 847562, local router ID is 63.114.8.
show ip bgp cluster-list ces Syntax Parameters Command Modes View BGP neighbors in a specific cluster. show ip bgp [ipv4 unicast] cluster-list [cluster-id] ipv4 unicast (OPTIONAL) Enter the ipv4 unicast keywords to view information only related to ipv4 unicast routes. cluster-id (OPTIONAL) Enter the cluster id in dotted decimal format. EXEC EXEC Privilege Example Figure 7-8.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command History Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on the S55. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced support on S-Series Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced support on C-Series show ip bgp community ces Syntax Parameters Command Modes View information on all routes with Community attributes or view specific BGP community groups.
Example Figure 7-9. show ip bgp community Command Example (Partial) FTOS>show ip bgp community BGP table version is 3762622, local router ID is 63.114.8.48 Status codes: s suppressed, d damped, h history, * valid, > best Path source: I - internal, a - aggregate, c - confed-external, r - redistributed, n - network Origin codes: i - IGP, e - EGP, ? - incomplete Network * i 3.0.0.0/8 *>i 4.2.49.12/30 * i 4.21.132.0/23 *>i 4.24.118.16/30 *>i 4.24.145.0/30 *>i 4.24.187.12/30 *>i 4.24.202.0/30 *>i 4.25.88.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Parameters Command Modes ipv4 unicast (OPTIONAL) Enter the ipv4 unicast keywords to view information only related to ipv4 unicast routes. community-list-name Enter the name of a configured IP community list. (max 16 chars) exact-match Enter the keyword for an exact match of the communities. EXEC EXEC Privilege Example Figure 7-10. Command Example: show ip bgp community-list FTOS#show ip bgp community-list pass BGP table version is 0, local router ID is 10.101.15.
Example Figure 7-11. Command Example: show ip bgp dampened-paths FTOS>show ip bgp damp BGP table version is 210708, local router ID is 63.114.8.2 Status codes: s suppressed, d damped, h history, * valid, > best Path source: I - internal, a - aggregate, c - confed-external, r - redistributed, n - network Origin codes: i - IGP, e - EGP, ? - incomplete Network From Reuse Path FTOS> Table 7-5 defines the information displayed in Figure 7-11. Table 7-5.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Example Figure 7-12.
show ip bgp extcommunity-list ces Syntax Parameters Command Modes View information on all routes with Extended Community attributes. show ip bgp [ipv4 unicast] extcommunity-list [list name] ipv4 unicast (OPTIONAL) Enter the ipv4 unicast keywords to view information only related to ipv4 unicast routes. list name Enter the extended community list name you wish to view. EXEC EXEC Privilege Usage Information To view the total number of COMMUNITY attributes found, use the show ip bgp summary command.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Example Figure 7-13. Command Example: show ip bgp filter-list FTOS#show ip bgp filter-list hello BGP table version is 80227, local router ID is 120.1.1.1 Status codes: s suppressed, d damped, h history, * valid, > best Path source: I - internal, a - aggregate, c - confed-external, r - redistributed, n network Origin codes: i - IGP, e - EGP, ? - incomplete Network * I 6.1.5.0/24 * I * I * I *>I * I * I * I 6.1.6.0/24 * I * I * I *>I * I * I * I 6.1.20.
show ip bgp flap-statistics ces Syntax Parameters View flap statistics on BGP routes. show ip bgp [ipv4 unicast] flap-statistics [ip-address [mask]] [filter-list as-path-name] [regexp regular-expression] ipv4 unicast (OPTIONAL) Enter the ipv4 unicast keywords to view information only related to ipv4 unicast routes. ip-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the IP address (in dotted decimal format) of the BGP network to view information only on that network.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Table 7-7 defines the information displayed in Figure 7-14. Table 7-7. Command History show ip bgp flap-statistics Command Example Fields Field Description Network Displays the network ID to which the route is flapping. From Displays the IP address of the neighbor advertising the flapping route. Flaps Displays the number of times the route flapped. Duration Displays the hours:minutes:seconds since the route first flapped.
Table 7-8. Command History show ip bgp inconsistent-as Command Example Fields Fields Description Network Displays the destination network prefix of each BGP route. Next Hop Displays the next hop address of the BGP router. If 0.0.0.0 is listed in this column, then local routes exist in the routing table. Metric Displays the BGP route’s metric, if assigned. LocPrf Displays the BGP LOCAL_PREF attribute for the route.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command Modes received-routes [network [network-mask] (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords received-routes followed by either the network address (in dotted decimal format) or the network mask (in slash prefix format) to view all information received from neighbors. Note: neighbor soft-reconfiguration inbound must be configured prior to viewing all the information received from the neighbors.
Example 2 Figure 7-17. Command Example: show ip bgp neighbors advertised-routes FTOS>show ip bgp neighbors 192.14.1.5 advertised-routes BGP table version is 74103, local router ID is 33.33.33.33 Status codes: s suppressed, S stale, d damped, h history, * valid, > best Path source: I - internal, a - aggregate, c - confed-external, r - redistributed, n - network Origin codes: i - IGP, e - EGP, ? - incomplete Network Next Hop *>r 1.10.1.0/24 0.0.0.0 *>r 1.11.0.0/16 0.0.0.0 ..... ..... *>I 223.94.249.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Table 7-9. Lines beginning with Description BGP state Displays the neighbor’s BGP state and the amount of time in hours:minutes:seconds it has been in that state.
show ip bgp next-hop ces Syntax Command Modes View all next hops (via learned routes only) with current reachability and flap status. This command only displays one path, even if the next hop is reachable by multiple paths. show ip bgp next-hop EXEC EXEC Privilege Example Figure 7-20. Command Example: show ip bgp next-hop FTOS>show ip bgp next-hop Next-hop Via 63.114.8.33 63.114.8.33, 63.114.8.34 63.114.8.34, 63.114.8.35 63.114.8.35, 63.114.8.60 63.114.8.60, FTOS> Table 7-10.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Parameters regexp regular-expression Enter a regular expression then use one or a combination of the following characters to match: • • • • • • • • • Command Modes . = (period) any single character (including a white space) * = (asterisk) the sequences in a pattern (0 or more sequences) + = (plus) the sequences in a pattern (1 or more sequences) ? = (question mark) sequences in a pattern (either 0 or 1 sequences).
Command History Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on the S55. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced support on S-Series Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced support on C-Series show ip bgp paths as-path ces Syntax Command Modes View all unique AS-PATHs in the BGP database show ip bgp paths as-path EXEC EXEC Privilege Example Figure 7-22.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com show ip bgp paths community ces Syntax Command Modes View all unique COMMUNITY numbers in the BGP database. show ip bgp paths community EXEC EXEC Privilege Example Figure 7-23.
Parameters Command Modes ipv4 unicast (OPTIONAL) Enter the ipv4 unicast keywords to view information only related to ipv4 unicast routes. peer-group-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the name of a peer group to view information about that peer group only. detail (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword detail to view detailed status information of the peers in that peer group. summary (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword summary to view status information of the peers in that peer group.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Table 7-14. Related Commands Command History Command Example fields: show ip bgp peer-group Line beginning with Description Number of peers Displays the number of peers currently configured for this peer group. Peer-group members: Lists the IP addresses of the peers in the peer group. If the address is outbound optimized, a * is displayed next to the IP address. neighbor peer-group (assigning peers) Assign peer to a peer-group.
Example Figure 7-25. Command Example: show ip bgp regexp (Partial) FTOS#show ip bgp regexp ^2914+ BGP table version is 3700481, local router ID is 63.114.8.35 Status codes: s suppressed, S stale, d damped, h history, * valid, > best Path source: I - internal, a - aggregate, c - confed-external, r - redistributed, n - network Origin codes: i - IGP, e - EGP, ? - incomplete Network Next Hop Metric LocPrf Weight Path *>I 3.0.0.0/8 1.1.1.2 0 100 0 2914 1239 80 i *>I 4.0.0.0/8 1.1.1.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Example Figure 7-26. FTOS#show ip bgp summary BGP router identifier 120.10.10.
Table 7-16. Command History Command Example fields: show ip bgp summary Field Description Up/Down Displays the amount of time that the neighbor is in the Established stage. If the neighbor has never moved into the Established stage, the word never is displayed.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Parameters Defaults keepalive Enter a number for the time interval, in seconds, between keepalive messages sent to the neighbor routers. Range: 1 to 65535 Default: 60 seconds holdtime Enter a number for the time interval, in seconds, between the last keepalive message and declaring the router dead. Range: 3 to 65535 Default: 180 seconds No default values or behavior Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on the S55. Version 7.8.1.
• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • neighbor distribute-list neighbor filter-list neighbor maximum-prefix neighbor next-hop-self neighbor remove-private-as neighbor route-map neighbor route-reflector-client network redistribute redistribute ospf show ip bgp ipv4 multicast show ip bgp cluster-list show ip bgp community show ip bgp community-list show ip bgp dampened-paths show ip bgp filter-list show ip bgp flap-statistics show ip bgp inconsistent-as show ip bgp ipv4 multicast neighbors show ip bgp pe
www.dell.com | support.dell.com aggregate-address c et s Syntax Parameters Defaults Command Modes Usage Information Summarize a range of prefixes to minimize the number of entries in the routing table. aggregate-address ip-address mask [advertise-map map-name] [as-set] [attribute-map map-name] [summary-only] [suppress-map map-name] ip-address mask Enter the IP address and mask of the route to be the aggregate address. Enter the IP address in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.
bgp dampening c et s Syntax Enable MBGP route dampening. bgp dampening [half-life time] [route-map map-name] To disable route dampening, use the no bgp dampening [half-life time] [route-map map-name] command. Parameters half-life time (OPTIONAL) Enter the number of minutes after which the Penalty is decreased. After the router assigns a Penalty of 1024 to a route, the Penalty is decreased by half, after the half-life period expires. Range: 1 to 45.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com clear ip bgp dampening c et s Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History Clear information on route dampening. clear ip bgp dampening ipv4 multicast network network-mask dampening Enter the keyword dampening to clear route flap dampening information. network (OPTIONAL) Enter the network address in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D). network-mask (OPTIONAL) Enter the network mask in slash prefix format (/x). EXEC Privilege Version 7.8.1.
Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced support on C-Series Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced IPv6 MGBP support for E-Series debug ip bgp dampening c et s View information on routes being dampened. Syntax debug ip bgp ipv4 multicast dampening To disable debugging, enter no debug ip bgp ipv4 multicast dampening Parameters dampening Enter the keyword dampening to clear route flap dampening information. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced support on S-Series Version 7.7.1.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com To disable debugging, enter no debug ip bgp updates [in | out] command. Parameters Command Modes Defaults Command History updates Enter the keyword updates to view BGP update information. in (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword in to view only BGP updates received from neighbors. out (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword out to view only BGP updates sent to neighbors. EXEC Privilege Disabled. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced support on S-Series Version 7.7.1.
Command History Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced support on S-Series Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced support on C-Series Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced IPv6 MGBP support for E-Series neighbor activate c et s Syntax This command allows the specified neighbor/peer group to be enabled for the current AFI/SAFI. neighbor [ip-address | peer-group-name] activate To disable, use the no neighbor [ip-address | peer-group-name] activate command.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Defaults Command Modes Command History seconds = 5 seconds (internal peers); seconds = 30 seconds (external peers) ROUTER BGP Address Family (conf-router_bgp_af) Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced support on S-Series Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced support on C-Series Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced IPv6 MGBP support for E-Series neighbor default-originate c et s Syntax Inject the default route to a BGP peer or neighbor.
Defaults Command Modes Usage Information Related Commands Command History Not configured. ROUTER BGP Address Family (conf-router_bgp_af) Other BGP filtering commands include: neighbor filter-list, ip as-path access-list, and neighbor route-map. ip as-path access-list Configure IP AS-Path ACL. neighbor filter-list Assign a AS-PATH list to a neighbor or peer group. neighbor route-map Assign a route map to a neighbor or peer group. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced support on S-Series Version 7.7.1.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com neighbor maximum-prefix c et s Syntax Control the number of network prefixes received. neighbor ip-address | peer-group-name maximum-prefix maximum [threshold] [warning-only] To return to the default values, use the no neighbor ip-address | peer-group-name maximum-prefix maximum command. Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History ip-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the IP address of the neighbor in dotted decimal format.
Command History Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced support on S-Series Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced support on C-Series Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced IPv6 MGBP support for E-Series neighbor remove-private-as c et s Syntax Remove private AS numbers from the AS-PATH of outgoing updates. neighbor ip-address | peer-group-name remove-private-as To return to the default, use the no neighbor ip-address | peer-group-name remove-private-as command.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Usage Information When you apply a route map to outbound routes, only routes that match at least one section of the route map are permitted. If you identify a peer group by name, the peers in that peer group inherit the characteristics in the Route map used in this command. If you identify a peer by IP address, the Route map overwrites either the inbound or outbound policies on that peer. Command History Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced support on S-Series Version 7.7.1.
Parameters ip-address Enter an IP address in dotted decimal format of the network. mask Enter the mask of the IP address in the slash prefix length format (for example, /24). The mask appears in command outputs in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D). route-map map-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword route-map followed by the name of an established route map.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com static Enter the keyword static to redistribute manually configured routes. These routes are treated as incomplete routes. route-map map-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword route-map followed by the name of an established route map.
Command Modes Usage Information ROUTER BGP Address Family (conf-router_bgp_af) When you enter redistribute ospf process-id command without any other parameters, FTOS redistributes all OSPF internal routes, external type 1 routes, and external type 2 routes. This feature is not supported by an RFC. Command History Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced support on S-Series Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced support on C-Series Version 7.6.1.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Table 7-17. Related Commands Command History show ip bgp Command Example Fields Field Description Network Displays the destination network prefix of each BGP route. Next Hop Displays the next hop address of the BGP router. If 0.0.0.0 is listed in this column, then local routes exist in the routing table. Metric Displays the BGP route’s metric, if assigned. LocPrf Displays the BGP LOCAL_PREF attribute for the route.
Parameters Command Modes community-number Enter the community number in AA:NN format where AA is the AS number (2 bytes) and NN is a value specific to that autonomous system. You can specify up to eight community numbers to view information on those community groups. local-AS Enter the keywords local-AS to view all routes with the COMMUNITY attribute of NO_EXPORT_SUBCONFED. All routes with the NO_EXPORT_SUBCONFED (0xFFFFFF03) community attribute must not be advertised to external BGP peers.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com show ip bgp dampened-paths c et s Syntax Command Modes View BGP routes that are dampened (non-active). show ip bgp ipv4 multicast dampened-paths EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced support on S-Series Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced support on C-Series Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced IPv6 MGBP support for E-Series show ip bgp filter-list c et s Syntax Parameters Command Modes View the routes that match the filter lists.
filter-list as-path-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword filter-list followed by the name of a configured AS-PATH ACL. regexp regular-expression Enter a regular expression then use one or a combination of the following characters to match: • • • • • • • • • Command Modes .
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Parameters Command Modes ip-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the IP address, in either IPv4 or IPv6 format, of the neighbor to view only BGP information exchanged with that neighbor. advertised-routes (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords advertised-routes to view only the routes the neighbor sent. dampened-routes (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword dampened-routes to view information on dampened routes from the BGP neighbor. detail (OPTIONAL) Display detailed neighbor information.
Example Figure 7-28. Command Example: show ip bgp ipv4 multicast neighbors FTOS#show ip bgp ipv4 multicast neighbors BGP neighbor is 25.25.25.25, remote AS 6400, internal link BGP version 4, remote router ID 25.25.25.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Table 7-18.
Parameters Command Modes peer-group-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the name of a peer group to view information about that peer group only. detail (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword detail to view detailed status information of the peers in that peer group. summary (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword summary to view status information of the peers in that peer group.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Table 7-19. Command History 366 | Command Example fields: show ip bgp ipv4 multicast summary Field Description network entries Displays the number of network entries and route paths and the amount of memory used to process those entries. BGP path attribute entries Displays the number of BGP path attributes and the amount of memory used to process them.
BGP Extended Communities (RFC 4360) BGP Extended Communities, as defined in RFC 4360, is an optional transitive BGP attribute. It provides two major advantages over Standard Communities: • The range is extended from 4-octet (AA:NN) to 8-octet (Type:Value) to provide enough number communities. Communities are structured using a new “Type” field (1 or 2-octets), allowing you to provide granular control/filter routing information based on the type of extended communities.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Related Commands Command History permit Configure to add (permit) rules show ip extcommunity-list Display the Extended Community list Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on C-Series Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on E-Series deny regex ces Syntax This features enables you to specify an extended communities to reject (deny) using a regular expressions (regex). deny regex {regex} To remove, use the no deny regex {regex} command.
Command Modes Command History CONFIGURATION (conf-ext-community-list) Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on C-Series Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ip extcommunity-list ces Syntax Use this feature to enter the Extended Community-list mode. ip extcommunity-list word To exit from this mode, use the exit command. Parameters Defaults Command Modes Usage Information Example word Enter a community list name (maximum 16 characters).
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Example Figure 7-32. Command Example: match extcommunity FTOS(config-route-map)#match extcommunity Freedombird FTOS(config-route-map)# Command History Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on C-Series Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on E-Series permit ces Syntax Use this feature to add rules (permit) from the two types of extended communities, Route Origin (rt) or Site-of-Origin (soo).
Parameters Defaults Command Modes Usage Information Example regex Enter a regular expression. Not configured CONFIGURATION (conf-ext-community-list) Duplicate commands are silently accepted. Figure 7-33. Command Example: permit regexp FTOS(conf-ext-community-list)#permit regexp 123 FTOS(conf-ext-community-list)# Related Commands deny regex Command History Deny a community using a regular expression Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on C-Series Version 7.6.1.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com • • Related Commands Command History If rt options comes after soo, without the additive option, then rt overrides the communities set by soo If rt with additive option comes after soo, then rt adds the communities set by soo set extcommunity soo Set extended community site-of-origin in route-map. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on C-Series Version 7.6.1.
show ip bgp ipv4 extcommunity-list ces Syntax Parameters Defaults Command Modes Use this feature to display IPv4 routes matching the extended community list name. show ip bgp [ipv4 [multicast | unicast] | ipv6 unicast] extcommunity-list name multicast Enter the keyword multicast to display the multicast route information. unicast Enter the keyword unicast to display the unicast route information. ipv6 unicast Enter the keywords ipv6 unicast to display the IPv6 unicast route information.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com show ip bgp paths extcommunity ces Syntax Command Modes Use this feature to display all BGP paths having extended community attributes. show ip bgp paths extcommunity EXEC EXEC Privilege Example Figure 7-35. Command Example: show ip bgp paths community (Partial) FTOS#show ip bgp paths extcommunity Total 1 Extended Communities Address Hash Refcount Extended Community 0x41d57024 FTOS# 12272 1 RT:7:200 SoO:5:300 SoO:0.0.0.3:1285 Table 7-20.
Example Figure 7-36. Command Example: show ip extcommunity-list FTOS#show ip extcommunity-list test ip extcommunity-list test deny RT:1234:12 permit regexp 123 deny regexp 234 deny regexp 123 FTOS# Command History Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on C-Series Version 7.6.1.
www.dell.com | support.dell.
8 Bare Metal Provisioning Overview Bare Metal Provisioning version 2.0 is supported on the following platforms: z In a data center network, Bare Metal Provisioning (BMP) automates the configuration and updating of switches, ensuring standard configurations across installed devices. You can configure auto-configuration on a single switch or on multiple switches. BMP allows you to set up a group of switches with a minimum of effort, but is also useful for quick configuration of a single switch.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com reload-type Z Syntax Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information BMP 2.0 auto-configuration mode: Configure a switch to reload in normal mode or as a DHCP client with all ports configured for Layer 3 traffic. reload-type {normal-reload | jump-start [config-download {enable | disable}] [dhcp-timeout minutes]} normal-reload The switch reloads in normal mode using the FTOS image and startup configuration file stored in the local flash.
Use the reload-type command in BMP 2.0 to toggle between Normal and Jumpstart auto-configuration modes. The reload settings for the auto-configuration mode that you configure are stored in memory and retained for future reboots and BMP software upgrades. You can enter the reload command at any time to reload the switch in the last configured mode: Normal reload or Jumpstart mode.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com stop jump-start Stop the switch from reloading in Jumpstart mode to prevent an infinite loop. z Syntax Defaults Command Modes Command History Related Commands Usage Information 380 | stop jump-start None EXEC Privilege Version 8.3.5.3 Introduced on S55. Version 8.3.3.8 Introduced on S60. Version 8.3.11.4 Introduced on Z9000 Version 8.3.10.1 Introduced on S4810. reload-type Configure the reload mode as normal or Jumpstart.
9 Content Addressable Memory (CAM) Overview Content Addressable Memory (CAM) commands are supported C-Series, E-Series TeraScale and S-Series, as indicated by the symbols under each command heading: c et s. Note: Not all CAM commands are supported on all platforms. Be sure to note the platform symbol when looking for a command. Warning: If you are using these features for the first time, contact Dell Networking Technical Assistance Center (TAC) for guidance.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com • • • • The CAM configuration is applied to entire system when you use CONFIGURATION mode commands. You must save the running-configuration to affect the change. When budgeting your CAM allocations for ACLs and QoS configurations, remember that ACL and QoS rules might consume more than one CAM entry depending on complexity. For example, TCP and UDP rules with port range options might require more than one CAM entry.
Usage Information You must save the new CAM settings to the startup-config (write-mem or copy run start) then reload the system for the new settings to take effect. The total amount of space allowed is 16 FP Blocks. System flow requires 3 blocks and these cannot be reallocated. When configuring space for IPv6 ACLs, the total number of Blocks must equal 13. Ranges for the CAM profiles are 1-10, except for the ipv6acl profile which is 0-10. The ipv6acl allocation must be a factor of 2 (2, 4, 6, 8, 10).
www.dell.com | support.dell.com cam-profile e Syntax Parameters Set the default CAM profile and the required microcode. cam-profile profile microcode microcode profile Choose one of the following CAM profiles: • • • • • • • • • • microcode microcode Enter the keyword default to specify the default CAM profile. Enter the keyword eg-default to specify the default CAM profile for EG (dual-CAM) line cards.
Usage Information Version 7.4.2.0 Added the unified-default CAM profile and lag-hash-align microcode Version 7.4.1.0 Added the lag-hash-mpls microcode Version 6.5.1.0 Added the eg-default and ipv4-320k CAM profiles Version 6.3.1.0 Introduced on E-Series You must save the running configuration using the command copy running-config startup-config after changing the CAM profile from CONFIGURATION mode. CAM profile changes take effect after the next chassis reboot.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Figure 9-2. Command Output: show cam-acl (non-default) FTOS#show cam-acl -- Chassis Cam ACL -Current Settings(in block sizes) L2Acl : 2 Ipv4Acl : 2 Ipv6Acl : 4 Ipv4Qos : 2 L2Qos : 3 -- Line card 4 -Current Settings(in block sizes) L2Acl : 2 Ipv4Acl : 2 Ipv6Acl : 4 Ipv4Qos : 2 L2Qos : 3 FTOS# show cam-profile e Syntax 386 | Display the details of the CAM profiles on the chassis and all line cards.
Parameters profile (OPTIONAL) Choose a single CAM profile to display: • • • • • • • • • microcode microcode Enter the keyword default to specify the default CAM profile. Enter the keyword eg-default to specify the default CAM profile for EG (dual-CAM) line cards. Enter the keyword ipv4-320k to specify the CAM profile that provides 320K entries for the IPv4 Forwarding Information Base (FIB). Enter the keyword ipv4-egacl-16k to specify the CAM profile that provides 16K entries for egress ACLs.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Example 1 Figure 9-3. Command Output: show cam-profile summary FTOS#show cam-profile summary -- Chassis CAM Profile -: Current Settings : Next Boot Profile Name : Default : Default MicroCode Name : Default : Default : Current Settings : Next Boot -- Line card 1 -Profile Name : Default : Default MicroCode Name : Default : Default : Current Settings : Next Boot -- Line card 6 -Profile Name : Default : Default MicroCode Name : Default : Default FTOS# Example 2 Figure 9-4.
Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Example acl (OPTIONAL) Enter this keyword to display Layer 2 and Layer 3 ACL CAM usage. router (OPTIONAL) Enter this keyword to display Layer 3 CAM usage. switch (OPTIONAL) Enter this keyword to display Layer 2 CAM usage. None EXEC Privilege Version 6.5.1.0 Figure 9-5.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Example Figure 9-7.
QoS Optimization for IPv6 ACLs does not impact the CAM usage for applying a policy on a single (or the first of several) interfaces. It is most useful when a policy is applied across multiple interfaces; it can reduce the impact to CAM usage across subsequent interfaces.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Example Figure 9-9. The following examples show some sample output when using the test cam-usage command.
Figure 9-10.
www.dell.com | support.dell.
10 Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) Overview Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) is an application layer protocol that dynamically assigns IP addresses and other configuration parameters to network end-stations (hosts) based on configuration policies determined by network administrators.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com clear ip dhcp cs Reset DHCP counters. Syntax clear ip dhcp [binding {address} | conflict | server statistics] Parameters Command Mode Default Command History Usage Information binding Enter this keyword to delete all entries in the binding table. address Enter the IP address to clear the binding entry for a single IP address. conflict Enter this keyword to delete all of the log entries created for IP address conflicts.
Command Mode Default Command History DHCP None Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on the S55. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on C-Series and S-Series. disable cs Disable DHCP Server. DHCP Server is disabled by default. Enable the system to be a DHCP server using the no form of the disable command. Syntax Command Mode Default Command History disable DHCP Disabled Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on the S55. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on C-Series and S-Series.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command Mode Default Command History DHCP None Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on the S55. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on C-Series and S-Series. excluded-address cs Prevent the server from leasing an address or range of addresses in the pool. Syntax excluded-address [address | low-address high-address] Parameters Command Mode Default Command History address Enter a single address to be excluded from the pool.
Parameters Command Mode Default Command History address/mask Enter the host IP address and subnet mask. DHCP None Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on the S55. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on C-Series and S-Series. ip dhcp relay information-option remote-id Manually re-set the remote-id (MAC address) for Option 82.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command Mode Default Command History minutes Enter the number of minutes of the lease. Range: 0-59 infinite Specify that the lease never expires. DHCP 24 hours Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on the S55. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on C-Series and S-Series. netbios-name-server cs Specify the NetBIOS Windows Internet Naming Service (WINS) name servers, in order of preference, that are available to Microsoft Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) clients.
network cs Specify the range of addresses in an address pool. Syntax network network /prefix-length Parameters Command Mode Default Command History network/ prefix-length Specify a range of addresses. Prefix-length Range: 17-31 DHCP None Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on the S55. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on C-Series and S-Series.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com show ip dhcp configuration cs Display the DHCP configuration. Syntax show ip dhcp configuration [global | pool name] Parameters Command Mode Default Command History pool name Display the configuration for a DHCP pool. global Display the DHCP configuration for the entire system. EXEC Privilege None Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on the S55. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on C-Series and S-Series. show ip dhcp conflict cs Display the address conflict log.
Commands to Configure Secure DHCP DHCP as defined by RFC 2131 provides no authentication or security mechanisms. Secure DHCP is a suite of features that protects networks that use dynamic address allocation from spoofing and attacks.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command History Related Commands Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on the S55. Version 8.3.1.0 Introduced on E-Series. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on C-Series and S-Series arp inspection Enable Dynamic ARP Inspection on a VLAN. clear ip dhcp snooping ces Syntax Command Modes Default Command History Related Commands Clear the DHCP binding table. clear ip dhcp snooping binding EXEC Privilege None Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on the S55. Version 8.3.1.
ip dhcp snooping database ces Syntax Parameters Command Modes Default Command History Delay writing the binding table for a specified time. ip dhcp snooping database write-delay minutes minutes Range: 5-21600 CONFIGURATION None Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on the S55. Version 8.3.1.0 Introduced on E-Series. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on C-Series and S-Series ip dhcp snooping binding ces Syntax Parameters Create a static entry in the DHCP binding table.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command History Related Commands Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on the S55. Version 8.3.1.0 Introduced on E-Series. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on C-Series and S-Series show ip dhcp snooping Display the contents of the DHCP binding table. ip dhcp snooping database renew ces Syntax Command Modes Renew the binding table. ip dhcp snooping database renew EXEC EXEC Privilege Default Command History None Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on the S55. Version 8.3.1.
Default Command History Usage Information Disabled Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on the S55. Version 8.3.1.0 Introduced on E-Series. Version 8.2.1.0 Added keyword ipmac. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on C-Series and S-Series You must allocate at least one FP block to ipmacacl before you can enable IP+MAC Source Address Validation. 1 Use the command cam-acl l2acl from CONFIGURATION mode 2 Save the running-config to the startup-config 3 Reload the system.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Default Command History Disabled Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on the S55. Version 8.3.1.0 Introduced on E-Series. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on C-Series and S-Series show ip dhcp snooping ces Syntax Parameters Command Modes Display the contents of the DHCP binding table or display the interfaces configured with IP Source Guard. show ip dhcp snooping [binding | source-address-validation] binding Display the binding table.
11 Dell Force10 Resilient Ring Protocol (FRRP) Overview Dell Force10 Resilient Ring Protocol (FRRP) is supported on platforms c e s FRRP is a proprietary protocol for that offers fast convergence in a Layer 2 network without having to run the Spanning Tree Protocol. The Resilient Ring Protocol is an efficient protocol that transmits a high-speed token across a ring to verify the link status. All the intelligence is contained in the master node with practically no intelligence required of the transit mode.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com clear frrp ces Syntax Clear the FRRP statistics counters. clear frrp [ring-id] Parameters Defaults Command Modes ring-id No default values or behavior EXEC Command History Example (Optional) Enter the ring identification number. Range: 1 to 255 Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on the S55. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced for the C-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced Figure 11-1.
Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information event Enter the keyword event to display debug information related to ring protocol transitions. packet Enter the keyword packet to display brief debug information related to control packets. detail Enter the keyword detail to display detailed debug information related to the entire ring protocol packets. ring-id (Optional) Enter the ring identification number.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Defaults Command Modes Command History Disabled CONFIGURATION (conf-frrp) Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on the S55. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced for the C-Series Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced interface ces Syntax Configure the primary, secondary, and control-vlan interfaces. interface {primary interface secondary interface control-vlan vlan-id} To return to the default, use the no interface {primary interface secondary interface control-vlan vlan-id} command.
Usage Information Related Commands Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced for the C-Series Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced This command causes the Ring Manager to take ownership of these two ports after the configuration is validated by the IFM. Ownership is relinquished for a port only when the interface does not play a part in any control VLAN, that is, the interface does not belong to any ring.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced for the C-Series Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced protocol frrp ces Syntax Enter the Resilient Ring Protocol and designate a ring identification. protocol frrp {ring-id} To exit the ring protocol, use the no protocol frrp {ring-id} command. Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information ring-id Enter the ring identification number. Range: 1 to 255 No default values or behavior CONFIGURATION Version 8.3.5.
Example 1 Figure 11-2. show frrp summary Command Example Force10#show frrp summary Ring-ID State Mode Ctrl_Vlan Member_Vlans ----------------------------------------------------------------2 UP Master 2 11-20, 25,27-30 31 UP Transit 31 40-41 50 Down Transit 50 32 Force10# Example 2 Figure 11-3.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information 416 | hello-interval milliseconds Enter the keyword hello-interval followed by the time, in milliseconds, to set the hello interval of the control packets. The milliseconds must be enter in increments of 50 milliseconds, for example 50, 100, 150 and so on. If an invalid value is enter, an error message is generated.
12 GARP VLAN Registration (GVRP) Overview GARP VLAN Registration (GVRP) is supported on platforms c, e, and s Commands The GVRP commands are: • • • • • • • • • • • • clear gvrp statistics bpdu-destination-mac-address debug gvrp disable garp timers gvrp enable gvrp registration protocol gvrp show config show garp timers show gvrp show gvrp statistics on page 27 The GARP (Generic Attribute Registration Protocol) mechanism allows the configuration of a GARP participant to propagate through a network quickly
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Important Points to Remember • • • • • • • • • • • • • GVRP is supported on Layer 2 ports only. All VLAN ports added by GVRP are tagged. GVRP is supported on untagged ports belonging to a default VLAN, and tagged ports. GVRP cannot be enabled on untagged ports belonging to a non-default VLAN unless native VLAN is turned on. GVRP requires end stations with dynamic access NICs.
Command Modes Command History Related Commands EXEC Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on the S55. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on C, E, and S-Series show gvrp statistics Display the GVRP statistics debug gvrp ces Syntax Enable debugging on GVRP. debug gvrp {config | events | pdu} To disable debugging, use the no debug gvrp {config | events | pdu} command. Parameters config Enter the keyword config to enable debugging on the GVRP configuration.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command History Related Commands Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on the S55. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on C, E, and S-Series gvrp enable Enable GVRP on physical interfaces and LAGs. protocol gvrp Access GVRP protocol garp timers ces Syntax Set the intervals (in milliseconds) for sending GARP messages. garp timers {join | leave | leave-all} To return to the previous setting, use the no garp timers {join | leave | leave-all} command.
Leave All Timer—The Leave All Timer starts when a GARP application entity starts. When this timer expires, the entity sends a leave-all message so that other entities can re-register their attribute information. Then, the leave-all time begins again. Related Commands show garp timers Display the current GARP times gvrp enable ces Syntax Enable GVRP on physical interfaces and LAGs. gvrp enable To disable GVRP on the interface, use the no gvrp enable command.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Usage Information The fixed registration prevents an interface, configured via the command line to belong to a VLAN (static configuration), from being un-configured when it receives a Leave message. Therefore, the registration mode on that interface is fixed. The normal registration is the default registration. The port’s membership in the VLANs depends on GVRP. The interface becomes a member of VLANs after learning about the VLAN through GVRP.
show garp timers ces Syntax Defaults Command Modes Display the GARP timer settings for sending GARP messages. show garp timers No default values or behavior EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History Example Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on the S55. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on C, E, and S-Series Figure 12-1.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command History Example Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on the S55. Version7.6.1.0 Introduced on C, E, and S-Series Figure 12-2. show gvrp brief Command Example R3#show gvrp brief GVRP Feature is currently enabled.
Command History Example Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on the S55. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on C, E, and S-Series Figure 12-3.
www.dell.com | support.dell.
13 Internet Group Management Protocol (IGMP) Overview The platforms on which a command is supported is indicated by the character — e for the E-Series, c for the C-Series, and s for the S-Series — that appears below each command heading. This chapter contains the following sections: • • IGMP Commands IGMP Snooping Commands IGMP Commands FTOS supports IGMPv1/v2/v3 and is compliant with RFC-3376. Important Points to Remember • • • FTOS supports PIM-SM and PIM-SSM include and exclude modes.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com • • • • • • • • • ip igmp querier-timeout ip igmp query-interval ip igmp query-max-resp-time ip igmp ssm-map ip igmp static-group ip igmp version show ip igmp groups show ip igmp interface show ip igmp ssm-map clear ip igmp groups ces Syntax Parameters Clear entries from the group cache table. clear ip igmp groups [group-address | interface] group-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the IP multicast group address in dotted decimal format.
Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History group-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the IP multicast group address in dotted decimal format. interface (OPTIONAL) Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: Disabled EXEC Privilege Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on the S55. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on C-Series E-Series legacy command Usage Information IGMP commands accept only non-VLAN interfaces—specifying VLAN will not yield a results.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com ip igmp group-join-limit ces Syntax Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Use this feature to limit the number of IGMP groups that can be joined in a second. ip igmp group-join-limit number number Enter the number of IGMP groups permitted to join in a second. Range: 1 to 10000 No default values or behavior CONFIGURATION (conf-if-interface-slot/port) Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on the S55. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on C-Series and S-Series Version 7.6.1.
ip igmp last-member-query-interval ces Syntax Change the last member query interval, which is the Max Response Time inserted into Group-Specific Queries sent in response to Leave Group messages. This interval is also the interval between Group-Specific Query messages. ip igmp last-member-query-interval milliseconds To return to the default value, enter no ip igmp last-member-query-interval. Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History milliseconds Enter the number of milliseconds as the interval.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com ip igmp query-interval ces Syntax Change the transmission frequency of IGMP general queries sent by the Querier. ip igmp query-interval seconds To return to the default values, enter no ip igmp query-interval. Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History seconds Enter the number of seconds between queries sent out. Default: 60 seconds Range: 1 to 18000 60 seconds INTERFACE Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on the S55. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.
Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on C-Series in Interface VLAN mode only to enable that system to act as an IGMP Proxy Querier. E-Series legacy command ip igmp ssm-map ces Syntax Use a statically configured list to translate (*,G) memberships to (S,G) memberships. ip igmp ssm-map std-access-list source-address Undo this configuration, that is, remove SSM map (S,G) states and replace them with (*,G) states using the command ip igmp ssm-map std-access-list source-address command.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Defaults Command Modes No default values or behavior INTERFACE Command History Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on the S55. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on C-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Expanded to support the exclude and include options E-Series legacy command Usage Information A group in the include mode should have at least one source address defined.
Parameters group-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the group address in dotted decimal format to view information on that group only. interface (OPTIONAL) Enter the interface type and slot/port information: • • • • • • • detail Command Modes For a 100/1000 Ethernet interface, enter the keyword gigabitethernet followed by the slot/port information. For a 1-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword gigabitethernet followed by the slot/port information.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com show ip igmp interface ces Syntax Parameters View information on the interfaces participating in IGMP. show ip igmp interface [interface] interface (OPTIONAL) Enter the interface type and slot/port information: • • • • • • • Command Modes For a 100/1000 Ethernet interface, enter the keyword gigabitethernet followed by the slot/port information. For a 1-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword gigabitethernet followed by the slot/port information.
show ip igmp ssm-map ces Syntax Parameters Command Modes Display is a list of groups that are currently in the IGMP group table and contain SSM mapped sources. show ip igmp ssm-map [group] group (OPTIONAL) Enter the multicast group address in the form A.B.C.D to display the list of sources to which this group is mapped. EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History Related Commands Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on the S55. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on C-Series and S-Series Version 7.7.1.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com IGMP Snooping Commands FTOS supports IGMP Snooping version 2 and 3 on all Dell Networking systems: • • • • • • • ip igmp snooping enable ip igmp snooping fast-leave ip igmp snooping flood ip igmp snooping last-member-query-interval ip igmp snooping mrouter ip igmp snooping querier show ip igmp snooping mrouter Important Points to Remember for IGMP Snooping • • • • • • • • • • FTOS supports version 1, version 2, and version 3 hosts.
ip igmp snooping enable ces Syntax Enable IGMP snooping on all or a single VLAN. This is the master on/off switch to enable IGMP snooping. ip igmp snooping enable To disable IGMP snooping, enter no ip igmp snooping enable command. Defaults Command Modes Disabled CONFIGURATION INTERFACE VLAN Command History Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on the S55. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.5.1.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com ip igmp snooping flood ces This command controls the flooding behavior of unregistered multicast data packets. On the E-Series, when flooding is enabled (the default), unregistered multicast data traffic is flooded to all ports in a VLAN. When flooding is disabled, unregistered multicast data traffic is forwarded to only multicast router ports, both static and dynamic, in a VLAN.
ip igmp snooping mrouter ces Syntax Statically configure a VLAN member port as a multicast router interface. ip igmp snooping mrouter interface interface To delete a specific multicast router interface, use the no igmp snooping mrouter interface interface command.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command History Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on the S55. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on C-Series E-Series legacy command Usage Information This command enables the IGMP switch to send General Queries periodically. This is useful when there is no multicast router present in the VLAN because the multicast traffic does not need to be routed.
14 \ Interfaces Overview This chapter defines interface commands and is divided into the following sections: • • Basic Interface Commands Port Channel Commands The symbols c e s under command headings indicate which Dell Networking platforms — C-Series, E-Series, or S-Series, respectively — support the command. Although all interfaces are supported on E-Series ExaScale, some interface functionality is supported on E-Series ExaScale ex with FTOS 8.2.1.0. and later.
www.dell.com | support.dell.
When the interface speed is negotiated to be at 1000Mbps, Auto-MDIX cannot be disabled. Therefore, if Auto-MDIX is disabled at 1000Mbps, FTOS sets the interface speed to 100Mbps and disables Auto-MDIX. When the link comes up, be sure to have correct cabling and FTOS sets the speed back to 1000Mbps. If the cabling is not correct for Auto-MDIX disabled (it is straight through cable), the speed stays at 100Mbps and the link stays down until a correct (ie. crossover) cable is inserted.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Example Figure 14-1. clear counters Command Example FTOS#clear counters Clear counters on all interfaces [confirm] Related Commands mac learning-limit Allow aging of MACs even though a learning-limit is configured or disallow station move on learnt MACs. show interfaces Displays information on the interfaces. clear dampening ces Syntax Parameters Clear the dampening counters on all the interfaces or just the specified interface.
cx4-cable-length s Syntax Parameters Configure the length of the cable to be connected to the selected CX4 port. [no] cx4-cable-length {long | medium | short} long | medium | short Enter the keyword that matches the cable length to be used at the selected port: short = For 1-meter and 3-meter cable lengths medium = For 5-meter cable length long = For 10-meter and 15-meter cable lengths Defaults medium Mode Interface Command History Usage Information Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on the S55.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Related Commands show config Display the configuration of the selected interface. dampening ces Syntax Configure dampening on an interface. dampening [[[[half-life] [reuse-threshold]] [suppress-threshold]] [max-suppress-time]] To disable dampening, use the no dampening [[[[half-life] [reuse-threshold]] [suppress-threshold]] [max-suppress-time]] command syntax. Parameters half-life Enter the number of seconds after which the penalty is decreased.
Usage Information With each flap, FTOS penalizes the interface by assigning a penalty (1024) that decays exponentially depending on the configured half-life. Once the accumulated penalty exceeds the suppress threshold value, the interface is moved to the error-disabled state. This interface state is deemed as “down” by all static/dynamic Layer 2 and Layer 3 protocols. The penalty is exponentially decayed based on the half-life timer.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com disable-on-sfm-failure e Syntax Disable select ports on E300 systems when a single SFM is available. disable-on-sfm-failure To delete a description, enter no disable-on-sfm-failure. Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information Port is not disabled INTERFACE Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on E300 systems only When an E300 system boots up and a single SFM is active this configuration, any ports configured with this feature will be shut down.
duplex (10/100 Interfaces) ces Configure duplex mode on any physical interfaces where the speed is set to 10/100.Syntax duplex {half | full} To return to the default setting, enter no duplex. Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information half Enter the keyword half to set the physical interface to transmit only in one direction. full Enter the keyword full to set the physical interface to transmit in both directions. Not configured INTERFACE Version 8.3.5.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com tx off Enter the keywords tx off so that flow control frames are not sent from this port to the connected device when a higher rate of traffic is received.
The only configuration applicable to half duplex ports is rx off tx off. The following error is returned: • Can’t configure flowcontrol when half duplex is configure, config ignored Half duplex cannot be configured when the flow control configuration is on (default is rx on tx on). The following error is returned: • Can’t configure half duplex when flowcontrol is on, config ignored Note: The flow control must be off (rx off tx off) before configuring the half duplex.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Table 14-1.
Example Figure 14-5. interface Command Example FTOS(conf)#interface gig 0/0 FTOS(conf-if-gi-0/0)#exit# Usage Information You cannot delete a physical interface. By default, physical interfaces are disabled (shutdown) and are in Layer 3 mode. To place an interface in mode, ensure that the interface’s configuration does not contain an IP address and enter the switchport command. Related Commands interface loopback Configure a Loopback interface. interface null Configure a Null interface.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com interface ManagementEthernet Configure the Management port on the system (either the Primary or Standby RPM). ce Syntax Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Example interface ManagementEthernet slot/port Enter the keyword ManagementEthernet followed by slot number (0-1) and port number zero (0). slot/port Not configured. CONFIGURATION Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on S55 Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.5.1.
Example Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on C-Series Version 6.4.1.0 Introduced Figure 14-8. interface null Command Example FTOS(conf)#interface null 0 FTOS(conf-if-nu-0)# Usage Information Related Commands You cannot delete the Null interface. The only configuration command possible in a Null interface is ip unreachables. interface Configure a physical interface. interface loopback Configure a Loopback interface. interface port-channel Configure a port channel. interface vlan Configure a VLAN.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command History Usage Information Introduced on the S55. Version 8.2.1.0 Support for 4093 VLANs on E-Series ExaScale. Prior releases supported 2094. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on C-Series pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced for E-Series When creating an interface range, interfaces appear in the order they are entered; they are not sorted.
Figure 14-12 is an example of a single range bulk configuration. Example Figure 14-12. Single Range Bulk Configuration FTOS(config)# interface range gigabitethernet 5/1 - 23 FTOS(config-if-range)# no shutdown FTOS(config-if-range)# Figure 14-13 shows how to use commas to add different interface types to the range enabling all Gigabit Ethernet interfaces in the range 5/1 to 5/23 and both Ten Gigabit Ethernet interfaces 1/1 and 1/ 2. Example Figure 14-13.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Parameters name Enter up to 16 characters for the macro name. interface , interface ,... Enter the interface keyword (see below) and one of the interfaces slot/ port, port-channel or VLAN numbers. Select the range of interfaces for bulk configuration. You can enter up to six comma separated ranges—spaces are not required between the commas. Comma-separated ranges can include VLANs, port-channels and physical interfaces.
interface range macro name ces Syntax Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information Example Run the interface-range macro to automatically configure the pre-defined range of interfaces. interface range macro name name Enter the name of an existing macro. This command has no default behavior or value CONFIGURATION Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on the S55. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.5.1.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Example Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on C-Series pre-Version 6.2.1.0 Introduced for E-Series Figure 14-17. interface vlan Command Example FTOS(conf)#int vlan 3 FTOS(conf-if-vl-3)# Usage Information For more information on VLANs and the commands to configure them, refer to Virtual LAN (VLAN) Commands. FTP, TFTP, and SNMP operations are not supported on a VLAN. MAC ACLs are not supported in VLANs. IP ACLs are supported.
keepalive ces Syntax On SONET interfaces, send keepalive packets periodically to keep an interface alive when it is not transmitting data. keepalive [seconds] To stop sending SONET keepalive packets, enter no keepalive. Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information seconds (OPTIONAL) For SONET interfaces with PPP encapsulation enabled, enter the number of seconds between keepalive packets. Range: 0 to 23767 Default: 10 seconds Enabled INTERFACE Version 8.3.5.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com link debounce-timer e Syntax Parameters Assign the debounce time for link change notification on this interface. link debounce [milliseconds] milliseconds Enter the time to delay link status change notification on this interface. Range: 100-5000 ms • • Command Modes Command History Usage Information Default for copper is 3100 ms Default for fiber is 100 ms INTERFACE Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.6.1.
Usage Information Example The delta column displays changes since the last screen refresh. Figure 14-18. systest-3 monitor Command Example of a Single Interface Monitor time: 00:00:06 Refresh Intvl.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Table 14-2. monitor Command Menu Options Key systest-3 monitor time time Description Displays the host name assigned to the system. Displays the amount of time since the monitor command was entered. Displays the amount of time the chassis is up (since last reboot). m Change the view from a single interface to all interfaces on the line card or visa-versa. c Refresh the view. b Change the counters displayed from Packets on the interface to Bytes.
• On the E-Series, you must compensate for a Layer 2 header when configuring IP MTU and link MTU on an Ethernet interface. Use the ip mtu command. When you enter the no mtu command, FTOS reduces the IP MTU value to 1536 bytes. On the E-Series, to return the IP MTU value to the default, enter no ip mtu. Link MTU and IP MTU considerations for port channels and VLANs are as follows. port channels: • • All members must have the same link MTU value and the same IP MTU value.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Usage Information Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on C-Series pre-Version 6.2.1.0 Introduced for E-Series This command is available on C-Series and S-Series 10/100/1000 Base-T Ethernet interfaces and on TeraScale 10/100/1000 Base-T Ethernet line cards. The no negotiation auto command is only available if you first manually set the speed of a port to 10Mbits or 100Mbits.
Figure 14-21. Display Auto-negotiation Master/Slave Setting (partial) FTOS#show interfaces configured GigabitEthernet 13/18 is up, line protocol is up Hardware is Force10Eth, address is 00:01:e8:05:f7:fc Current address is 00:01:e8:05:f7:fc Interface index is 474791997 Internet address is 1.1.1.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command History Example Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on the S55. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on E-Series and S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on C-Series only Figure 14-22.
rate-interval ces Syntax Configure the traffic sampling interval on the selected interface. rate-interval seconds Parameters Defaults Command Modes seconds 299 seconds INTERFACE Command History Usage Information Enter the number of seconds for which to collect traffic data. Range: 30 to 299 seconds Note: Since polling occurs every 15 seconds, the number of seconds designated here will round to the multiple of 15 seconds lower than the entered value.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Example Figure 14-25. show config Command Example for the INTERFACE Mode FTOS(conf-if)#show conf ! interface GigabitEthernet 1/7 no ip address switchport no shutdown FTOS(conf-if)# show config (from INTERFACE RANGE mode) ces Syntax Command Modes Command History Example Display the bulk configured interfaces (interface range). show config CONFIGURATION INTERFACE (conf-if-range) Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on the S55. Version 8.1.1.
show interfaces ces Syntax Parameters Display information on a specific physical interface or virtual interface. show interfaces interface interface Enter one of the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • • • • • • • • • Command Modes For a Fast Ethernet interface, enter the keyword FastEthernet followed by the slot/port information. For a 1-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet followed by the slot/port information.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Example Figure 14-27. FTOS#show interfaces tengigabitethernet 2/0 TenGigabitEthernet 2/0 is up, line protocol is up Hardware is Force10Eth, address is 00:01:e8:05:f7:3a Interface index is 100990998 Internet address is 213.121.22.
Table 14-5. Lines in show interfaces Command Example (continued) Line Input Statistics: Description Displays all the input statistics including: • • Number of packets and bytes into the interface Number of packets with IP headers, VLAN tagged headers and MPLS headers Note: The sum of the number of packets may not be as expected since a VLAN tagged IP packet counts as both a VLAN packet and an IP packet.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Example Figure 14-28. show interfaces Command Example for 10G (TeraScale) FTOS#show interfaces tengigabitethernet 0/0 TenGigabitEthernet 3/0 is up, line protocol is up Hardware is Force10Eth, address is 00:01:e8:41:77:c5 Current address is 00:01:e8:41:77:c5 Pluggable media present, XFP type is 10GBASE-SR Medium is MultiRate, Wavelength is 850.00nm XFP receive power reading is -2.
Table 14-6. Fields in show interfaces Command Example (TeraScale) Line Description Last clearing... Displays the time when the show interfaces counters where cleared. Queuing strategy... States the packet queuing strategy. FIFO means first in first out.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Example Figure 14-29.
show linecard Display the line card(s) status. show range Display all interfaces configured using the interface range command. show interfaces configured ces Syntax Command Modes Display any interface with a non-default configuration. show interfaces configured EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History Example Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on the S55. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on C-Series Version 6.4.1.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com show interfaces dampening ces Syntax Parameters Display interface dampening information. show interfaces dampening [[interface] [summary] [detail]] interface (Optional) Enter one of the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a 1-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet followed by the slot/port information.
show interfaces debounce e Syntax Parameters Display information on interfaces with debounce timer configured. show interfaces debounce interface interface Enter one of the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • • Command Modes For a 1-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet followed by the slot/port information. For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet followed by the slot/port information.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command History Example Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on the S55. Version 8.2.1.0 Support for 4093 VLANs on E-Series ExaScale. Prior releases supported 2094. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on C-Series pre-Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced on E-Series Figure 14-33.
Parameters Command Modes slot-number Enter a number for the line card slot. C-Series Range: 0-7 for C300; 0–3 for C150 E-Series Range: 0 to 13 on the E1200/1200i, 0 to 6 on the E600/600i, 0 to 5 on the E300 EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History Usage Example Version 8.1.1.2 Introduced support on E-Series ExaScale E600i Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on C-Series pre-Version 6.2.1.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command Modes EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History Example Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on the S55. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on C-Series and S-Series Version 6.5.4.0 Introduced on E-Series Figure 14-35.
Table 14-8. Related Commands Lines in show interfaces gigabitethernet Command Example Line Description AutoNegotiation Expansion ParallelDetectionFault is the handshaking scheme in which the link partner continuously transmit an “idle” data packet using the Fast Ethernet MLT-3 waveform. Equipment that does not support auto-negotiation must be configured to exactly match the mode of operation as the link partner or else no link can be established.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command History Example Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on the S55. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced for S-Series only Figure 14-36.
Command Modes EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History Example Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on the S55. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on C-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on E-Series Figure 14-37.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Parameters interface Enter one of the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • • • • • Command Modes For a 1-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet followed by the slot/port information.
Example Figure 14-38. show interfaces switchport Command Example FTOS#show interfaces switchport Name: GigabitEthernet 13/0 802.1QTagged: Hybrid Vlan membership: Vlan 2, Vlan 20 Native VlanId: 20 Name: GigabitEthernet 13/1 802.1QTagged: True Vlan membership: Vlan 2 Name: GigabitEthernet 13/2 802.1QTagged: True Vlan membership: Vlan 2 Name: GigabitEthernet 13/3 802.1QTagged: True Vlan membership: Vlan 2 --More-- Table 14-9.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command Modes EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History Usage Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on the S55. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.8.1.0 Output augmented with diagnostic data for pluggable media Version 7.7.1.0 Removed three fields in output: Vendor Name, Vendor OUI, Vendor PN Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on C-Series and S-Series Version 6.5.4.
Example Figure 14-39. show interfaces gigabitethernet transceiver Command Example FTOS#show interfaces gigabitethernet 1/0 transceiver SFP is present.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com 492 Table 14-10. | Interfaces Diagnostic Data in show interfaces transceiver Line Description Rx Power measurement type Output depends on the vendor, typically either “Average” or “OMA” (Receiver optical modulation amplitude). Temp High Alarm threshold Factory-defined setting, typically in Centigrade. Value differs between SFPs and SFP+. Voltage High Alarm threshold Displays the interface index number used by SNMP to identify the interface.
Table 14-10. Diagnostic Data in show interfaces transceiver (continued) Line Description Tx Power Present Tx power of the SFP. If this crosses Tx power alarm/warning thresholds, then the Tx power high alarm/warning flag is set to true. If it falls below the low alarm/warning thresholds, then the Tx power low alarm/ warning flag is set to true. Rx Power Present Rx power of the SFP. This value is either average Rx power or OMA.This depends upon on the Rx Power measurement type displayed above.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Table 14-10. Related Commands Diagnostic Data in show interfaces transceiver (continued) Line Description Tx Power High Warning Flag This can be either true or false, depending on the Current Tx power value displayed above. Rx Power High Warning Flag This can be either true or false, depending on the Current Tx power value displayed above. Temperature Low Warning Flag This can be either true or false, depending on the Current Temperature value displayed above.
Related Commands interface Configure a physical interface on the switch. show ip interface Displays Layer 3 information about the interfaces. show interfaces Display information on a specific physical interface or virtual interface. shutdown ces Syntax Disable an interface. shutdown To activate an interface, enter no shutdown. Defaults Command Modes Command History The interface is disabled. INTERFACE Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on the S55. Version 8.1.1.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History 10 Enter the keyword 10 to set the interface’s speed to 10 Mb/s. 100 Enter the keyword 100 to set the interface’s speed to 10/100 Mb/s. 1000 Enter the keyword 1000 to set the interface’s speed to 1000 Mb/s. (Auto-negotiation is enabled. See negotiation auto for more information). auto Enter the keyword auto to set the interface to auto-negotiate its speed. (Auto-negotiation is enabled.
speed (Management interface) ce Set the speed for the Management interface. Syntax speed {10 | 100 | auto} To return to the default setting, use the no speed {10 | 100} command. Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information Related Commands 10 Enter the keyword 10 to set the interface’s speed to 10 Mb/s. 100 Enter the keyword 100 to set the interface’s speed to 100 Mb/s. auto Enter the keyword auto to set the interface to auto-negotiate its speed.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command Modes Command History Usage Information INTERFACE Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on the S55. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.7.1.0 Added backup interface option. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on C-Series pre-Version 6.2.1.0 Introduced for E-Series If an IP address or VRRP group is assigned to the interface, you cannot use the switchport command for that interface.
Example Figure 14-41. wanport Command with shutdown Command Example interface TenGigabitEthernet 13/0 no ip address no shutdown FTOS(conf-if-te-13/0)# FTOS(conf-if-te-13/0)#wanport % Error: Port should be in shutdown mode, config ignored Te 13/0.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com channel-member ces Syntax Add an interface to the Port Channel, while in the INTERFACE PORTCHANNEL mode. channel-member interface To delete an interface from a Port Channel, use the no channel-member interface command. Parameters interface Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • • • • Defaults Command Modes Not configured.
If the Port Channel contains a mix of interfaces with 100 Mb/s speed and 1000 Mb/s speed, the software disables those interfaces whose speed does not match the speed of the first interface configured and enabled in the Port Channel. If that first interface goes down, the Port Channel does not change its designated speed; you must disable and re-enable the Port Channel or change the order of the channel members configuration to change the designated speed.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com interface port-channel ces Syntax Create a Port Channel interface, which is a link aggregation group containing up to 16 physical interfaces on E-Series, eight physical interfaces on C-Series and S-Series. interface port-channel channel-number To delete a Port Channel, use the no interface port-channel channel-number command. Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Example channel-number Enter a number as the interface number.
interface vlan Configure a VLAN. shutdown Disable/Enable the port channel. minimum-links ces Syntax Configure the minimum number of links in a LAG (Port Channel) that must be in “oper up” status for the LAG to be also in “oper up” status. minimum-links number Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information number Enter the number of links in a LAG that must be in “oper up” status. Range: 1 to 16 Default: 1 1 INTERFACE Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on the S55. Version 8.1.1.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Usage Information This feature groups two LAGs to work in tandem as a supergroup, so that, for example, if one LAG goes down, the other LAG is taken down automatically, providing an alternate path to reroute traffic, avoiding oversubscription on the other LAG. You can use both static and dynamic (LACP) LAGs to configure failover groups. For details, see the Port Channel chapter in the FTOS Configuration Guide.
Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced for S-Series; Modified to display LAG failover group status Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced for C-Series E-Series legacy command Example Figure 14-44. show interfaces port-channel Command Example FTOS#show interfaces port-channel 20 Port-channel 20 is up, line protocol is up (Failover-group 1 is down) Hardware address is 00:01:e8:01:46:fa Port-channel is part of failover-group 1 Internet address is 1.1.120.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Table 14-12. show interfaces port-channel Command Example Fields (continued) Field Description Input 0 IP packets... Displays the number of packets with IP headers, VLAN tagged headers and MPLS headers. The number of packets may not add correctly because a VLAN tagged IP packet counts as both a VLAN packet and an IP packet. 0 64-byte... Displays the size of packets and the number of those packets entering that interface. This information is displayed over two lines.
show port-channel-flow ces Syntax Parameters Display an egress port in a given port-channel flow. show port-channel-flow outgoing-port-channel number incoming-interface interface {source-ip address destination-ip address} | {protocol number | icmp | tcp | udp} | {source-port number destination-port number} | {source-mac address destination-mac address} outgoing-port-channel number Enter the keyword outgoing-port-channel followed by the number of the port channel to display flow information.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com The show port-channel-flow command returns the egress port identification in a given port-channel, if a valid flow is entered. A mismatched flow error occurs if MAC-based hashing is configured for a Layer 2 interface and the user is trying to display a Layer 3 flow. The output will display three entries: • • • Example Egress port for unfragmented packets. In the event of fragmented packets, egress port of the first fragment.
15 IPv4 Routing Overview The characters that appear below command headings indicate support for the associated Dell Networking platform, as follows: • • • C-Series: c E-Series: e S-Series: s Commands IPv4-related commands are described in this chapter.
www.dell.com | support.dell.
mac-address Enter a MAC address in nnnn.nnnn.nnnn format. interface Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • • • • • Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information Related Commands For a 1-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet followed by the slot/port information. For the Management interface, enter the keyword ManagementEthernet followed by the slot/port information. The slot range is 0-1 and the port range is 0.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com 3 At time t=2 FTOS installs an ARP entry for A.B.C.D only on RP2. Beginning with version 8.3.1.0, when a Gratuitous ARP is received, FTOS installs an ARP entry on all 3 CPUs. arp retries ces Syntax Set the number of ARP retries in case the system does not receive an ARP reply in response to an ARP request. arp retries number Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information Related Commands number Enter the number of retries. Range: 5 to 20.
Related Commands Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on C-Series pre-Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced on E-Series show interfaces Displays the ARP timeout value for all available interfaces. clear arp-cache ces Syntax Parameters Clear the dynamic ARP entries from a specific interface or optionally delete (no-refresh) ARP entries from CAM. clear arp-cache [vrf name | interface | ip ip-address] [no-refresh] vrf name E-Series Only: Clear only the ARP cache entries tied to the VRF process.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com clear host ces Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History Remove one or all dynamically learnt host table entries. clear host name name Enter the name of the host to delete. Enter * to delete all host table entries. EXEC Privilege Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on the S55. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.5.1.
clear ip route ces Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History Related Commands Clear one or all routes in the routing table. clear ip route {* | ip-address mask | vrf vrf instance} * Enter an asterisk (*) to clear all learned IP routes. ip-address mask Enter a specific IP address and mask in dotted decimal format to clear that IP address from the routing table. vrf instance (Optional) E-Series Only: Clear only the routes tied to the VRF instance. EXEC Privilege Version 8.3.5.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com debug arp ces Syntax View information on ARP transactions. debug arp [interface] [count value] To stop debugging ARP transactions, enter no debug arp. Parameters interface (OPTIONAL) Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • • • • • • count value Command Modes Command History Defaults Usage Information For a 1-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword gigabitethernet followed by the slot/port information.
Command History Example Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on the S55. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.6.1.0 Added support for S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on C-Series Version 6.4.10 Introduced on E-Series Figure 15-1. debug ip dhcp Command Example FTOS#debug ip dhcp 00:12:21 : %RELAY-I-PACKET: BOOTP REQUEST (Unicast) received at interface 113.3.3.17 BOOTP Request, hops = 0, XID = 0xbf05140f, secs = 0, hwaddr = 00:60:CF:20:7B:8C, giaddr = 0.0.0.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Parameters interface (OPTIONAL) Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • • • • • • count value Command Modes Command History Example For a SONET interface, enter the keyword sonet followed by the slot/port information. For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet followed by the slot/port information. For VLAN, enter the keyword vlan followed by a number from 1 to 4094.
Parameters access-group name Enter the keyword access-group followed by the access list name (maximum 16 characters) to limit the debug output based on the defined rules in the ACL. count value (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword count followed by the count value.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Example Figure 15-3. IP: s=10.1.2.62 (local), d=10.1.2.206 (Ma 0/0), len 54, sending TCP src=23, dst=40869, seq=2112994894, ack=606901739, win=8191 ACK PUSH IP: s=10.1.2.206 (Ma 0/0), d=10.1.2.62, len 40, rcvd TCP src=0, dst=0, seq=0, ack=0, win=0 IP: s=10.1.2.62 (local), d=10.1.2.206 (Ma 0/0), len 226, sending TCP src=23, dst=40869, seq=2112994896, ack=606901739, win=8192 ACK PUSH IP: s=10.1.2.216 (Ma 0/0), d=10.1.2.255, len 78, rcvd UDP src=0, dst=0 IP: s=10.1.2.
Usage Information Use the count option to stop packets from flooding the user terminal when debugging is turned on. The access-group option supports only the equal to (eq) operator in TCP ACL rules. Port operators not equal to (neq), greater than (gt), less than (lt), or range are not supported in access-group option (see Figure 15-4). ARP packets (arp) and Ether-type (ether-type) are also not supported in access-group option. The entire rule is skipped to compose the filter.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Usage Information You must be in the INTERFACE mode before you add an IP address to an interface. Assign an IP address to an interface prior to entering the ROUTER OSPF mode. ip directed-broadcast ces Syntax Enables the interface to receive directed broadcast packets. ip directed-broadcast To disable the interface from receiving directed broadcast packets, enter no ip directed-broadcast.
To view current bindings, use the show hosts command. To view DNS related configuration, use the show running-config resolve command. Related Commands ip domain-name Specify a DNS server. ip domain-lookup ces Syntax Enable dynamic host-name to address resolution (that is, DNS). ip domain-lookup To disable DNS lookup, use the no ip domain-lookup. Defaults Command Mode Command History Usage Information Disabled. CONFIGURATION Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on the S55. Version 8.1.1.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command History Usage Information Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on the S55. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on C-Series You can only configure one domain name with the ip domain-name command. To configure more than one domain name, configure the ip domain-list command up to 6 times.
Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information ip-address Enter an IP address in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D). default-vrf (Optional) E-Series Only: Enter default-vrf for the DHCP server VRF is using. Not configured. INTERFACE Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on the S55. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.9.1.0 Introduced VRF on the E-Series Version 7.6.1.0 Added support for S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Added support for C-Series pre-Version 6.2.1.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Related Commands ip helper-address Specify the destination broadcast or host address for DHCP server requests. show running-config Display the current configuration and changes from default values. ip host ces Syntax Assign a name and IP address to be used by the host-to-IP address mapping table. ip host name ip-address To remove an IP host, use the no ip host name [ip-address] command.
ip mtu e Syntax Set the IP MTU (frame size) of the packet transmitted by the RPM for the line card interface. If the packet must be fragmented, FTOS sets the size of the fragmented packets to the size specified in this command. ip mtu value To return to the default IP MTU value, enter no ip mtu.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Table 15-2. Related Commands Difference between Link MTU and IP MTU Layer 2 Overhead Difference between Link MTU and IP MTU Ethernet (untagged) 18 bytes VLAN Tag 22 bytes Untagged Packet with VLAN-Stack Header 22 bytes Tagged Packet with VLAN-Stack Header 26 bytes mtu Set the link MTU for an Ethernet interface. ip name-server ces Syntax Enter up to 6 IP addresses of name servers. The order you enter the addresses determines the order of their use.
Command Modes Command History Related Commands INTERFACE Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on the S55. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.6.1.0 Added support for S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Added support for C-Series pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced for E-Series show ip interface Displays the interface routing status and configuration. ip redirects e Syntax Enable the interface to send ICMP redirect messages. ip redirects To return to default, enter no ip redirects.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com interface • • • • • • • Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information IPv4 Routing For a SONET interface, enter the keyword sonet followed by the sonet followed by the slot/port information. For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet followed by the slot/port information. For a VLAN, enter the keyword vlan followed by a number from 1 to 4094. distance (OPTIONAL) Enter a number as the distance metric assigned to the route.
Related Commands show ip route View the switch routing table. ip source-route ces Syntax Enable FTOS to forward IP packets with source route information in the header. ip source-route To drop packets with source route information, enter no ip route-source. Defaults Command Modes Command History Enabled. CONFIGURATION Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on the S55. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.6.1.0 Added support for S-Series Version 7.5.1.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com ip vlan-flooding e Syntax Enable unicast data traffic flooding on VLAN member ports. ip vlan-flooding To disable, use the no ip vlan-flooding command. Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information disabled CONFIGURATION Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on E-Series By default this command is disabled.
mac {dest-mac | source-dest-mac | source-mac} Enter the keywords to distribute MAC traffic based on the following criteria: • • • tcp-udp enable Enter the keywords to distribute traffic based on the following: • Defaults Command Modes enable—Takes the TCP/UDP source and destination ports into consideration when doing hash computations.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Parameters ip-selection 3-tuple Enter the keywords ip-selection 3-tuple to distribute IP traffic based on the following criteria: • IP source address • IP destination address • IP Protocol type Note: For IPV6, only the first 32 bits (LSB) of IP SA and IP DA are used for hash generation. ip-selection packet-based Enter the keywords ip-selection packet-based to distribute IPV4 traffic based on the IP Identification field in the IPV4 header.
Table 15-3. Configurations of the load-balance Command Configuration Switched IP Traffic Routed IP Traffic (IPV4 Only) Switched Non-IP Traffic ip-selection packet-based Packet based: IPV4 No distribution: IPV6 Packet based: IPV4 MAC based MAC based Packet based: IPV4 MAC based ip-selection packet-based and mac Related Commands ip address Change the algorithm used to distribute traffic on an E-Series chassis.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com show arp ces Syntax Parameters Display the ARP table. show arp [vrf vrf name][interface interface | ip ip-address [mask] | macaddress mac-address [mac-address mask]] [cpu {cp | rp1 | rp2}] [static | dynamic] [summary] vrf name E-Series Only: Show only the ARP cache entries tied to the VRF process.
Usage Information Example The following figure shows two VLANs that are associated with a private VLAN (PVLAN) (see Chapter 29, Private VLAN (PVLAN)), a feature added for C-Series and S-Series in FTOS 7.8.1.0. Figure 15-5. show arp Command Example (Partial) FTOS>show arp Protocol Address Age(min) Hardware Address Interface VLAN CPU -------------------------------------------------------------------------------Internet 192.2.1.254 1 00:00:c0:02:01:02 Gi 9/13 CP Internet 192.2.1.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Table 15-4. show arp Command Example Fields (continued) Row Heading Description Interface Displays the first two letters of the interfaces type and the slot/port associated with the ARP entry. VLAN Displays the VLAN ID, if any, associated with the ARP entry. CPU Lists which CPU the entries are stored on. Figure 15-8.
show hosts ces Syntax Command Modes View the host table and DNS configuration. show hosts EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History Example Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on the S55. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on C-Series pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced for E-Series Figure 15-9.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Related Commands traceroute View DNS resolution ip host Configure a host. show ip cam linecard ce View CAM entries for a port pipe on a line card. Syntax show ip cam linecard number port-set pipe-number [ip-address mask [longer-prefixes] | index index-number | summary | vrf vrf instance] Parameters Command Modes number Enter the number of the line card. Range: 0 to 13 on a E1200/1200i, 0 to 6 on a E600600i, and 0 to 5 on a E300.
Table 15-7. show ip cam Command Example Fields Field Description Index Displays the CAM index number of the entry. Destination Displays the destination route of the index. EC Displays the number of equal cost multipaths (ECMP) available for the default route for non-Jumbo line cards. Displays 0,1 when ECMP is more than 8, for Jumbo line cards. CG Displays 0. V Displays a 1 if the entry is valid and a 0 if the entry is for a line card with Catalog number beginning with LC-EF.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Example Figure 15-11. show ip cam summary Command Example FTOS#show ip cam linecard 4 port-set 0 summary Total Number of Routes in the CAM is 13 Total Number of Routes which can be entered in CAM is 131072 Prefix Len Current Use ---------- ----------32 7 31 0 30 0 29 0 28 0 27 0 26 0 25 0 24 6 23 0 22 0 21 0 20 0 19 0 18 0 17 0 16 0 15 0 14 0 13 0 12 0 11 0 10 0 9 0 8 0 7 0 6 0 5 0 4 0 3 0 2 0 1 0 0 0 FTOS# Table 15-8.
Parameters id Enter the stack-unit ID. Unit ID range: S55: 0-11 all other S-Series: 0-7 pipe-number Enter the number of the Port-Pipe number. S50n, S50V range: 0 to 1; S25N, S25P, S25V range: 0 to 0 ip-address mask (OPTIONAL) Enter the IP address and mask of a route to CAM entries for that route only. Enter the keyword longer-prefixes to view routes with a common prefix.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com show ip fib linecard ce View all Forwarding Information Base (FIB) entries. Syntax show ip fib linecard slot-number [vrf vrf instance | ip-address/prefix-list | summary] Parameters Command Mode vrf instance (OPTIONAL) E-Series Only: Enter the keyword vrf followed by the VRF INstance name to show the FIB cache entries tied to that VRF instance. slot-number Enter the number of the line card slot.
Table 15-10. Related Commands show ip fib linecard Command Example Fields Field Description Port Displays the egress-port information. VId Displays the VLAN ID. If no VLAN is assigned, zero (0) is listed. Index Displays the internal interface number. EC Displays the number of ECMP paths. clear ip fib stackunit Clear FIB entries on a specified line card. show ip fib stack-unit s Syntax Parameters Command Mode View all Forwarding Information Base (FIB) entries.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Table 15-11. show ip fib linecard Command Example Fields Field Description Destination Lists the destination IP address. Gateway Displays either the word Direct and an interface for a directly connected route or the remote IP address to be used to forward the traffic. First-Hop Displays the first hop IP address. Mac-Addr Displays the MAC address. Port Displays the egress-port information. VId Displays the VLAN ID. If no VLAN is assigned, zero (0) is listed.
Command Modes Command History Usage Information EXEC Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on the S55. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.9.1.0 Introduced VRF on the E-Series Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on C-Series pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced for E-Series This command provides egress port information for a given IP flow.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Parameter interface (OPTIONAL) Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • • • • • • • • For a 1-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet followed by the slot/port information. For a Loopback interface, enter the keyword Loopback followed by a number from 0 to 16383. For the Management interface, enter the keyword ManagementEthernet followed by zero (0). For the Null interface, enter the keyword null followed by zero (0).
Table 15-12. show ip interface Command Example Items Lines Description TenGigabitEthernet 0/0... Displays the interface’s type, slot/port and physical and line protocol status. Internet address... States whether an IP address is assigned to the interface. If one is, that address is displayed. IP MTU is... Displays IP MTU value. Inbound access... Displays the name of the any configured incoming access list. If none is configured, the phrase “not set” is displayed. Proxy ARP...
www.dell.com | support.dell.com show ip management-route View the IP addresses assigned to the Management interface. ce Syntax Parameters Command Modes show ip management-route [all | connected | summary | static] all (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword all to view all IP addresses assigned to all Management interfaces on the switch. connected (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword connected to view only routes directly connected to the Management interface.
Example Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on C-Series pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced for E-Series Figure 15-19. show ip protocols Command Example FTOS#show ip protocols Routing Protocol is "bgp 1" Cluster Id is set to 20.20.20.3 Router Id is set to 20.20.20.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command Modes static (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword static to view only routes configured by the ip route command. summary (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword summary. See show ip route summary. EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History Example Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on the S55. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.9.1.0 Introduced VRF on the E-Series Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on C-Series pre-Version 6.1.1.
Table 15-14.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Related Commands Example ip prefix-list Enter the CONFIGURATION-IP PREFIX-LIST mode and configure a prefix list. show ip prefix-list summary Display a summary of the configured prefix lists. Figure 15-22.
Table 15-15. Related Commands show ip route summary Column Headings Column Heading Description Route Source Identifies how the route is configured in FTOS. Active Routes Identifies the best route if a route is learned from two protocol sources. Non-active Routes Identifies the back-up routes when a route is learned by two different protocols. If the best route or active route goes down, the non-active route will become the best route.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Example Figure 15-24.
Table 15-16. Usage Information show ip traffic output definitions Keyword Definition ...no port broadcasts The incoming broadcast/multicast packet did not have any listener. ...socket full The applications buffer was full and the incoming packet had to be dropped. The F10 Monitoring MIB provides access to the statistics described below. Table 15-17. F10 Monitoring MIB Command Display Object OIDs IP statistics: Bcast: Received Sent f10BcastPktRecv f10BcastPktSent 1.3.6.1.4.1.6027.3.3.5.1.1 1.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command History Example Version 8.1.1.2 Introduced support for E-Series ExaScale E600i Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 6.4.1.0 Introduced Figure 15-25.
Command Modes Command History Example rp1 Enter the keyword rp1 to view only TCP statistics from Route Processor 1. rp2 Enter the keyword rp2 to view only TCP statistics from Route Processor 2. EXEC Privilege Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on the S55. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 6.4.1.0 Introduced Figure 15-26.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Table 15-18. 560 show tcp statistics cp Command Example Fields (continued) Field Description 41 dup ack... Displays the number of duplicate acknowledgement packets and acknowledgement packets with data received. 10184 ack... Displays the number of acknowledgement packets and bytes received. Sent: Displays the total number of TCP packets sent and the number of urgent packets sent. 25 control packets...
16 IPv6 Access Control Lists (IPv6 ACLs) Overview IPv6 ACLs and IPv6 Route Map commands are supported on platforms c e s • • IPv6 ACL Commands IPv6 Route Map Commands Note: For IPv4 ACL commands, see Chapter 6, Access Control Lists (ACL). Important Points to Remember • • • • • • • • • • • S-Series systems support Ingress IPv6 ACLs. The S55 supports both Ingress and Egress IPv6 ACLs.E-Series platforms require IPv6-ExtACL CAM profile to support IPv6 ACLs.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • ipv6 access-group ipv6 access-list permit permit icmp permit tcp permit udp remark resequence access-list resequence prefix-list ipv6 seq show cam-acl show config show ipv6 accounting access-list show running-config acl test cam-usage cam-acl cs Allocate space for IPv6 ACLs.
Ranges for the CAM profiles are 1-10, except for the ipv6acl profile which is 0-10. The ipv6acl allocation must be a factor of 2 (2, 4, 6, 8, 10). clear counters ipv6 access-group ces Syntax Erase all counters maintained for the IPv6 access lists. clear counters ipv6 access-group [access-list-name] Parameters Command Modes access-list-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the name of a configured access-list, up to 140 characters. EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History Usage Information Version 8.2.1.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Usage Information Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced support on the C-Series Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced support on the E-Series The S-Series supports Ingress IPv6 ACLs. The S55 supports both Ingress and Egress IPv6 ACLs. deny icmp ces Syntax Configure a filter to drop all or specific ICMP messages.
Command History Usage Information Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced support on the E-Series ExaScale Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced support on the C-Series Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced support on the E-Series Added monitor option The S-Series supports Ingress IPv6 ACLs. The S55 supports both Ingress and Egress IPv6 ACLs. The C-Series cannot count both packets and bytes, so when you enter the count byte options, only bytes are incremented.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com To remove this filter, you have two choices: Use the no seq sequence-number command syntax if you know the filter’s sequence number or Use the no deny tcp {source address mask | any | host ipv6-address} {destination address | any | host ipv6-address} command. • • Parameters source address Enter the IPv6 address of the network or host from which the packets were sent in the x:x:x:x::x format followed by the prefix length in the /x format.
log (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword log to enter ACL matches in the log. Supported on Jumbo-enabled line cards only. monitor (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword monitor to monitor traffic on the monitoring interface specified in the flow-based monitoring session along with the filter operation. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ACCESS-LIST Command History Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced support on the E-Series ExaScale Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced support on the C-Series Version 7.4.1.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com deny udp ces Syntax Configure a filter to drop UDP packets meeting the filter criteria.
Command History Usage Information Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced support on the E-Series ExaScale Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced support on the C-Series Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced support on the E-Series Added monitor option The S-Series supports Ingress IPv6 ACLs. The S55 supports both Ingress and Egress IPv6 ACLs. The C-Series cannot count both packets and bytes, so when you enter the count byte options, only bytes are incremented. Most ACL rules require one entry in the CAM.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information implicit-permit (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword implicit-permit to change the default action of the IPv6 ACL from implicit-deny to implicit-permit (that is, if the traffic does not match the filters in the IPv6 ACL, the traffic is permitted instead of dropped). vlan range (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vlan followed by the VLAN range in a comma separated format. Range: 1 to 4094 Disabled INTERFACE Version 7.8.1.
Usage Information Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced support on the C-Series Increased name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to 7.8.1.0, names are up to 16 characters long. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced support on the E-Series The S-Series supports Ingress IPv6 ACLs. The S55 supports both Ingress and Egress IPv6 ACLs. The number of entries allowed per ACL is hardware-dependent. Refer to your line card documentation for detailed specification on entries allowed per ACL.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com permit icmp ces Syntax Configure a filter to allow all or specific ICMP messages.
The C-Series cannot count both packets and bytes, so when you enter the count byte options, only bytes are incremented. permit tcp ces Syntax Configure a filter to pass TCP packets that match the filter criteria.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com bit Enter a flag or combination of bits: ack: acknowledgement field fin: finish (no more data from the user) psh: push function rst: reset the connection syn: synchronize sequence numbers urg: urgent field count (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword count to count packets processed by the filter. byte (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword byte to count bytes processed by the filter. log (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword log to enter ACL matches in the log.
For example, an ACL rule with TCP port range 4000 - 8000 uses 8 entries in the CAM: Rule# 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Data Mask From To #Covered 0000111110100000 0000111111000000 0001000000000000 0001100000000000 0001110000000000 0001111000000000 0001111100000000 0001111101000000 1111111111100000 1111111111000000 1111100000000000 1111110000000000 1111111000000000 1111111100000000 1111111111000000 1111111111111111 4000 4032 4096 6144 7168 7680 7936 8000 4031 4095 6143 7167 7679 7935 7999 8000 32 64 2048 1024 5
www.dell.com | support.dell.com operator (OPTIONAL) Enter one of the following logical operand: • • • • • eq = equal to neq = not equal to gt = greater than lt = less than range = inclusive range of ports (you must specify two ports for the port parameter.) port port (OPTIONAL) Enter the application layer port number. Enter two port numbers if using the range logical operand.
For example, an ACL rule with TCP port range 4000 - 8000 uses 8 entries in the CAM: Rule# 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Data Mask From To #Covered 0000111110100000 0000111111000000 0001000000000000 0001100000000000 0001110000000000 0001111000000000 0001111100000000 0001111101000000 1111111111100000 1111111111000000 1111100000000000 1111110000000000 1111111000000000 1111111100000000 1111111111000000 1111111111111111 4000 4032 4096 6144 7168 7680 7936 8000 4031 4095 6143 7167 7679 7935 7999 8000 32 64 2048 1024 5
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Example Figure 16-2.
Usage Information The S-Series supports Ingress IPv6 ACLs. The S55 supports both Ingress and Egress IPv6 ACLs. When all sequence numbers have been exhausted, this feature permits re-assigning new sequence number to entries of an existing access-list. Related Commands resequence prefix-list ipv6 Resequence a prefix list resequence prefix-list ipv6 ces Syntax Parameters Defaults Command Modes Re-assign sequence numbers to entries of an existing prefix list.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com seq ces Syntax Assign a sequence number to a deny or permit filter in an IPv6 access list while creating the filter. seq sequence-number {deny | permit} {ipv6-protocol-number | icmp | ip | tcp | udp} {source address mask | any | host ipv6-address} {destination address | any | host ipv6-address} [operator port [port]] [count [byte]] | [log] [monitor] To delete a filter, use the no seq sequence-number command. Parameters sequence-number Enter a number from 0 to 4294967290.
destination address Enter the IPv6 address of the network or host to which the packets are sent in the x:x:x:x::x format followed by the prefix length in the /x format. Range: /0 to /128 The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zero. message-type (OPTIONAL) Enter an ICMP message type, either with the type (and code, if necessary) numbers or with the name of the message type.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Examples Figure 16-3. Command Example: show cam-acl (default profile) FTOS#show cam-acl -- Chassis Cam ACL -Current Settings(in block sizes) L2Acl : 5 Ipv4Acl : 6 Ipv6Acl : 0 Ipv4Qos : 1 L2Qos : 1 -- Line card 4 -Current Settings(in block sizes) L2Acl : 5 Ipv4Acl : 6 Ipv6Acl : 0 Ipv4Qos : 1 L2Qos : 1 FTOS#show cam-acl Figure 16-4.
Example Figure 16-5. Command Example: show config FTOS(conf-ipv6-acl)#show config ! ipv6 access-list Acl1 seq 5 permit ipv6 1111::2222/127 host 3333::1111 log count bytes seq 10 permit icmp host 3333:: any mobile-advertisement log seq 15 deny tcp any any rst seq 20 permit udp any any gt 100 count FTOS(conf-ipv6-acl)# show ipv6 accounting access-list ces Syntax Parameters View the IPv6 access-lists created on the E-Series and the sequence of filters.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Table 16-2. show ip accounting access-lists Command Example Field Field Description “Ingress IPv6...” Displays the name of the IPv6 ACL, in this example “AclList1”. “seq 10 ...” Displays the filter. If the keywords count or byte were configured in the filter, the number of packets or bytes processed by the filter is displayed at the end of the line. show running-config acl ces Syntax Command Modes Display the ACL running configuration.
Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information policy-map name Enter the name of the policy-map to verify. number Enter all to get information for all the line cards, or enter the line card number to get information for a specific card. Range: 0-6 for E-Series, 0-7 for C-Series None EXEC Privilege Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced support on the E-Series ExaScale Version 7.8.1.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Example Figure 16-8. The following example shows the output shown when using the test cam-usage command.
• • • set ipv6 next-hop show config show route-map match ipv6 address ce Configure a filter to match routes based on IPv6 addresses specified in an access list. Syntax match ipv6 address prefix-list-name To delete a match, use the no match ipv6 address prefix-list-name command. Parameters Defaults prefix-list-name Enter the name of IPv6 prefix list, up to 140 characters. Not configured. Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History Version 8.2.1.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Related Commands match ipv6 address Redistribute routes that match an IP address. match ipv6 route-source Redistribute routes that match routes advertised by other routers. match ipv6 route-source ce Configure a filter which matches based on the routes advertised in the IPv6 prefix lists. Syntax match ipv6 route-source prefix-list prefix-list-name To delete a match, use the no match ipv6 route-source prefix-list prefix-list-name command.
Example Figure 16-9. Command Example: route-map FTOS(conf)#route-map Rmap1 FTOS(config-route-map)#match ? … ip IP specific information ipv6 IPv6 specific information … Related Commands show config View the current configuration. set ipv6 next-hop ce Configure a filter that specifies IPv6 address as the next hop. Syntax set ipv6 next-hop ipv6-address To delete the setting, use the no set ipv6 next-hop ipv6-address command. Parameters ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Example Figure 16-10. Command Example: show config FTOS(config-route-map)#show config ! route-map Rmap1 permit 10 match ip address v4plist match ipv6 address plist1 match ipv6 next-hop prefix-list plist2 match ipv6 route-source prefix-list plist3 set next-hop 1.1.1.1 set ipv6 next-hop 3333:2222:: FTOS(config-route-map)# show route-map ce View the current route map configurations.
17 IPv6 Basics Overview IPv6 Basic Commands are supported on platforms c e and s as designated by the symbols beneath the commands. E-Series ExaScale supports IPv6 with FTOS 8.2.1.0 and later. Note: The IPv6 basic commands are supported on all platforms. However, not all features are supported on all platforms.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command History Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on the S55. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on C-Series and S-Series Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced clear ipv6 route ces Syntax Parameters Command Mode Command History Clear (refresh) all or a specific route from the IPv6 routing table. clear ipv6 route {* | ipv6-address prefix-length} * Enter the * to clear (refresh) all routes from the IPv6 routing table.
Example Figure 17-1.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Defaults Command Modes Command History Example No default values or behavior CONFIGURATION Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on the S55. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on C-Series and S-Series Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced Figure 17-2.
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Usage Information Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on C-Series Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced Since this command is enabled by default, it does not appear in the running configuration. When unicast routing is disabled, the no ipv6 unicast-routing command is included in the running configuration. Whenever unicast routing is disabled or re-enabled, FTOS generates a syslog message indicating the action.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Usage Information The forwarding table displays host route first, then displays route originated by routing protocol including static route. The egress port section displays the egress port of the forwarding entry which is designated as: C for the Control Processor 1 for the Route Processor 1 2 for the Route Processor 2 Examples Figure 17-3.
Parameters Defaults Command Modes unit-number Enter the stack unit’s ID number. Unit ID range: S55: 0-11 all other S-Series: 0-7 port-set Enter the Port Set to summary (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword summary to display a table listing network prefixes and the total number prefixes which can be entered into the IPv6 CAM. index (OPTIONAL) Enter the index in the IPv6 CAM ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x/n format to display networks that have more specific prefixes.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com show ipv6 fib stack-unit s Syntax Parameters Command Mode View all Forwarding Information Base entries. show ipv6 fib stack-unit unit-number [summary] ipv6-address slot-number Enter the number of the stack unit. Unit ID range: S55: 0-11 all other S-Series: 0-7 summary (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword summary to view a summary of entries in IPv6 cam. ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x/n format to display networks that have more specific prefixes.
Defaults Command Modes loopback (OPTIONAL) View information for IPv6 loopback interfaces. port-channel (OPTIONAL) View information for IPv6 port channels. tengigabitethernet (OPTIONAL) View information for an IPv6 tengigabitethernet interface. vlan (OPTIONAL) View information for IPv6 VLANs. No default values or behavior EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History Example Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on the S55. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.8.1.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Defaults Command Modes all (OPTIONAL) View information for all IPv6 routes bgp (OPTIONAL) View information for all IPv6 BGP routes connected (OPTIONAL) View only the directly connected IPv6 routes.
Table 17-1.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Usage Information 602 When trust IPv6 diffserv is configured, matched bytes/packets counters are not incremented in the show qos statistics command. Trust differv (IPv4) can co-exist with trust ipv6-diffserv in an Input Policy Map. Dynamic classification happens based on the mapping detailed in the following table. Table 17-2.
18 iSCSI Optimization Overview Internet Small Computer System Interface (iSCSI) optimization enables quality-of-service (QoS) treatment for iSCSI storage traffic on the following platforms as indicated: .
www.dell.com | support.dell.com iscsi cos Set the QoS policy that will be applied to the iSCSI flows. iscsi cos {enable | disable | dot1p vlan-priority-value [remark] | dscp dscp-value [remark]} Syntax To disable the QoS policy, use the iscsi cos disable command.
Command History Usage Information Version 8.3.3.8 Introduced on the S60 Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.16.0 Introduced on MXL 10/40GbE Switch IO Module • • LLDP must be enabled before using this command. LLDP cannot be disabled if iSCSI is enabled. iscsi priority-bits Configure the priority bitmap to be advertised in iSCSI application TLVs. Syntax iscsi priority-bits To remove the configured priority bitmap, use the no iscsi priority-bits command.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com iscsi target port Configure the iSCSI target ports and optionally, the IP addresses on which iSCSI communication will be monitored. iscsi target port [tcp-port-2...tcp-port-16]ip-address [ip-address] Syntax To remove the configured iSCSI target ports or IP addresses, use the no iscsi target port command. Parameters Defaults Enter the tcp-port number of the iSCSI target ports.
-----------------------------------------------TCP Port Target IP Address 3260 860 Related Commands show iscsi session Display information on active iSCSI sessions on the switch. show iscsi session detailed Display detailed information on active iSCSI sessions on the switch. show run iscsi show run iscsi show iscsi session Display information on active iSCSI sessions on the switch. Syntax Command Mode show iscsi session EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History Usage Information Version 8.3.12.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com show iscsi session detailed Display detailed information on active iSCSI sessions on the switch. Syntax Parameters Command Mode isid Enter the session’s iSCSi ID to display detailed information on specified iSCSi session. EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History Example Related Commands 608 show iscsi session detailed [session isid] | iSCSI Optimization Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.16.
show run iscsi Display all globally-configured non-default iSCSI settings in the current FTOS session. Syntax Command Mode Command History Example show run iscsi EXEC Privilege Version 8.3.3.8 Introduced on the S60. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.16.
| iSCSI Optimization www.dell.com | support.dell.
19 Link Aggregation Control Protocol (LACP) Overview This chapter contains commands for Dell Networking’s implementation of Link Aggregation Control Protocol (LACP) for the creation of dynamic link aggregation groups (LAGs — called port-channels in FTOS parlance). For static LAG commands, see the section Port Channel Commands in the Interfaces chapter), based on the standards specified in the IEEE 802.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command Modes EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History Related Commands Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on the S55. Version 7.6.1.0 Support added for S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Support added for C-Series Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced on E-Series show lacp Display the lacp configuration debug lacp ces Syntax Debug LACP (configuration, events etc.
lacp long-timeout ce Configure a long timeout period (30 seconds) for an LACP session. Syntax lacp long-timeout To reset the timeout period to a short timeout (1 second), use the no lacp long-timeout command. Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information Related Commands 1 second INTERFACE (conf-if-po-number) Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on the S55. Version 7.6.1.0 Support added for S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Support added for C-Series Version 7.5.1.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com lacp system-priority ces Configure the LACP system priority. Syntax lacp system-priority priority-value To return to the default setting, use the no lacp system-priority priority-value command. Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History priority-value Enter the port-priority value. The higher the value, the lower the priority. Range: 1 to 65535 Default: 32768 32768 CONFIGURATION Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on the S55. Version 7.6.1.
port-channel mode ces Syntax Parameters Configure the LACP port channel mode. port-channel number mode [active] [passive] [off] number Enter the port-channel number. C-Series and S-Series Range: 1-128 E-Series Range: 1-255 for TeraScale active Enter the keyword active to set the mode to the active state.* passive Enter the keyword passive to set the mode to the passive state.* off Enter the keyword off to set the mode to the off state.* * The LACP modes are defined in the table below.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command History Related Commands Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on the S55. Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced show lacp Display the LACP information. show interfaces port-channel Display information on configured Port Channel groups. show lacp ces Syntax Parameters Command Modes Display the LACP matrix. show lacp port-channel-number [sys-id | counters] port-channel-number Enter the port-channel number to display the LACP matrix.
Example 2 Figure 19-2. show lacp sys-id command Example FTOS#show lacp 1 sys-id Actor System ID: Priority 32768, Address 0001.e800.a12b Partner System ID: Priority 32768, Address 0001.e801.45a5 FTOS# Example 3 Figure 19-3.
www.dell.com | support.dell.
20 Layer 2 Overview This chapter describes commands to configure Layer 2 features. It contains the following sections: • • MAC Addressing Commands Virtual LAN (VLAN) Commands Some MAC addressing commands are supported only on the E-Series, some on all three Dell Networking platforms, and some on two Dell Networking platforms.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com clear mac-address-table dynamic ces Syntax Parameters Clear the MAC address table of all MAC address learned dynamically. clear mac-address-table dynamic {address mac-address | all | interface interface | vlan vlan-id} address mac-address Enter the keyword address followed by a MAC address in nn:nn:nn:nn:nn:nn format. all Enter the keyword all to delete all MAC address entries in the MAC address table.
Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information Not configured. INTERFACE (available on physical interfaces only) Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on E-Series You must place the interface in Layer 2 mode (using the switchport command) prior to configuring the mac accounting destination command. mac-address-table aging-time ces Syntax Parameters Defaults Command Modes Specify an aging time for MAC addresses to be removed from the MAC Address Table.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Parameters mac-address output interface Enter the 48-bit hexidecimal address in nn:nn:nn:nn:nn:nn format. Enter the keyword output followed by one of the following interfaces: • • • • vlan vlan-id Defaults Command Modes Command History Related Commands For a 1-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet followed by the slot/port information.
Usage Information For information on the specific trap sent and the corresponding Syslog refer to Appendix , . mac-address-table station-move time-interval e Syntax Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information Reduce the amount of time FTOS takes to detect aged entries and station moves.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com To return to the default setting, enter no mac cam fib-partition. Parameters Defaults Command Modes Usage Information Related Commands 25 Enter the keyword 25 to set aside 25% of the CAM for MAC address learning. 50 Enter the keyword 50 to set aside 50% of the CAM for MAC address learning. 75 Enter the keyword 75 to set aside 75% of the CAM for MAC address learning. 100 Enter the keyword 100 to set aside 100% of the MAC CAM for MAC address learning.
Command History Usage Information Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on the S55. Version 8.3.1.0 Added vlan option on E-Series. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on C-Series; added station-move option Version 6.5.1.0 Added support for MAC Learning-Limit on LAG This command and its options are supported on physical interfaces, static LAGs, LACP LAGs, and VLANs. If the vlan option is not specified, then the MAC address counters is not VLAN-based.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information Related Commands No default behavior or values INTERFACE (conf-if-interface-slot/port) Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on the S55. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on C-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on E-Series This is supported on physical interfaces, static LAGs, and LACP LAGs.
mac learning-limit reset ces Syntax Defaults Command Modes Reset the MAC address learning-limit error-disabled state. mac learning-limit reset No default behavior or values EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on the S55. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on C-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on E-Series show cam mac linecard (count) e Syntax Parameters Display the CAM size and the portions allocated for MAC addresses and for MAC ACLs.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command History pre-Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced on E-Series show cam maccheck linecard c Display the results of the BCMI2 check command. Note: This command has been deprecated in FTOS version 8.3.5.5. Syntax Parameters Command Modes show cam maccheck linecard slot port-set port-pipe linecard slot (REQUIRED) Enter the keyword linecard followed by a slot number to select the linecard for which to gather information.
Example Figure 20-2. show mac-address-table Command Output Example FTOS#show mac-address-table VlanId Mac Address 4094 00:00:a0:00:00:00 Type Interface Dynamic Gi 2/0 State Active !-------------output truncated-------------------! Example Figure 20-3.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command Modes EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History Example Version 7.5.1.0 Added support for C-Series pre-Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced on E-Series Figure 20-4.
interface interface (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword interface followed by the interface type, slot and port information: • • • vlan vlan-id Command Modes For a 1-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet followed by the slot/port information. For a Port Channel interface, enter the keyword port-channel followed by a number: S-Series Range: 1-128 For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet followed by the slot/port information.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command Modes interface interface-type (OPTIONAL) Instead of entering the keyword interface followed by the interface type, slot and port information, as above, you can enter the interface type, followed by just a slot number. vlan vlan-id (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vlan followed by the VLAN ID to display the MAC address assigned to the VLAN. Range: 1 to 4094.
Table 20-2. Related Commands show mac-address-table count Information Line Beginning with Description MAC Entries... Displays the number of MAC entries learnt per VLAN. Dynamic Address... Lists the number of dynamically learned MAC addresses. Static Address... Lists the number of user-defined MAC addresses. Total MAC... Lists the total number of MAC addresses used by the switch. show mac-address-table aging-time Display MAC aging time.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com show mac accounting destination e Syntax Parameters Display destination counters for Layer 2 traffic (available on physical interfaces only). show mac accounting destination [mac-address vlan vlan-id] [interface interface [mac-address vlan vlan-id] [vlan vlan-id] ] [vlan vlan-id] mac-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the MAC address in the nn:nn:nn:nn:nn:nn format to display information on that MAC address.
show mac cam e Syntax Command Modes Display the CAM size and the portions allocated for MAC addresses and for MAC ACLs. show mac cam EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History Example pre-Version 6.2.1.1 Figure 20-9. Introduced on E-Series show mac cam Command Example FTOS#show mac cam Slot Type MAC CAM Size MAC FIB Entries 0 E24PD 64K entries 48K (75%) 2 E24PD2 128K entries 64K (50%) 11 EX2YD 64K entries 16K (25%) Note: All CAM entries are per portpipe. FTOS# Table 20-3.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com interface interface (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword interface with the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • • • • vlan vlan-id Command Modes For a 1-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet followed by the slot/port information. For SONET interfaces, enter the keyword sonet followed by the slot/ port information. For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet followed by the slot/port information.
Virtual LAN (VLAN) Commands The following commands configure and monitor Virtual LANs (VLANs). VLANs are a virtual interface and use many of the same commands as physical interfaces. You can configure an IP address and Layer 3 protocols on a VLAN called Inter-VLAN routing. FTP, TFTP, ACLs and SNMP are not supported on a VLAN. Occasionally, while sending broadcast traffic over multiple Layer 3 VLANs, the VRRP state of a VLAN interface may continually switch between Master and Backup.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com default vlan-id ces Syntax Specify a VLAN as the Default VLAN. default vlan-id vlan-id To remove the default VLAN status from a VLAN and VLAN 1 does not exist, use the no default vlan-id vlan-id syntax. Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information vlan-id Enter the VLAN ID number of the VLAN to become the new Default VLAN. Range: 1 to 4094. Default: 1 The Default VLAN is VLAN 1. CONFIGURATION Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on the S55. Version 7.6.
To return to the default (disabled), use the no enable vlan-output-counters command. Defaults Command Modes Command History Disabled—VLAN counters are disabled in hardware (all linecards/port-pipes) by default. CONFIGURATION Version 8.1.1.2 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale E600i Version 8.1.1.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com name ces Syntax Assign a name to the VLAN. name vlan-name To remove the name from the VLAN, enter no name. Parameters Defaults Command Modes vlan-name Not configured. INTERFACE VLAN Command History Usage Information Enter up to 32 characters as the name of the VLAN. Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on the S55. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on C-Series pre-Version 6.2.1.
show vlan ces Syntax Parameters Display the current VLAN configurations on the switch. show vlan [brief | id vlan-id | name vlan-name] brief (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword brief to display the following information: • • • • • Command Modes VLAN ID VLAN name (left blank if none is configured.) Spanning Tree Group ID MAC address aging time IP address id vlan-id (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword id followed by a number from 1 to 4094. Only information on the VLAN specified is displayed.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Example Figure 20-11. show vlan Command Example FTOS#show vlan Codes: Q: U x G * P * - Default VLAN, G - GVRP VLANs, P - Primary, C - Community, I - Isolated Untagged, T - Tagged Dot1x untagged, X - Dot1x tagged GVRP tagged, M - Vlan-stack NUM 1 2 Status Inactive Active 3 Active 4 Active 5 Active 6 Active 7 Active 100 Active C 101 I 102 FTOS# Table 20-4.
Figure 20-12.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Related Commands vlan-stack compatible Enable the Stackable VLAN feature on the selected VLAN. interface vlan Configure a VLAN. tagged ces Syntax Add a Layer 2 interface to a VLAN as a tagged interface. tagged interface To remove a tagged interface from a VLAN, use no tagged interface command.
Parameters interface Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • • • • Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information For a 1-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet followed by the slot/port information. For a Port Channel interface, enter the keyword port-channel followed by a number: C-Series Range: 1-128 E-Series Range: 1 to 255 for TeraScale. For a SONET interface, enter the keyword sonet followed by the slot/port information.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information INTERFACE VLAN Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on the S55. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on C-Series pre-Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced on E-Series Untagged interfaces can only belong to one VLAN. In the Default VLAN, you cannot use the no untagged interface command.
21 Link Layer Detection Protocol (LLDP) Overview Link Layer Detection Protocol (LLDP) advertises connectivity and management from the local station to the adjacent stations on an IEEE 802 LAN. LLDP facilitates multi-vendor interoperability by using standard management tools to discover and make available a physical topology for network management. The FTOS implementation of LLDP is based on IEEE standard 801.1ab.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com The starting point for using LLDP is invoking LLDP with the protocol lldp command in either the CONFIGURATION or INTERFACE mode. The information distributed by LLDP is stored by its recipients in a standard Management Information Base (MIB). The information can be accessed by a network management system through a management protocol such as SNMP. See the Link Layer Discovery Protocol chapter of the FTOS Configuration Guide for details on implementing LLDP/LLDP-MED.
Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History max-frame-size Enter the keyword max-frame-size to advertise the dot3 maximum frame size. No default values or behavior CONFIGURATION (conf-lldp) and INTERFACE (conf-if-interface-lldp) Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on the S55. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on C-Series Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on E-Series advertise management ces Syntax Advertise management TLVs (Type, Length, Value).
www.dell.com | support.dell.com advertise management-tlv cesZ Advertise management TLVs (Type, Length, Value). Syntax To remove advertised management TLVs, use the no advertise management-tlv {management-address | system-capabilities | system-description | system-name} command.
advertise management-tlv (Interface) cesZ Advertise management TLVs (Type, Length, Value) to the specified interface. Syntax advertise management-tlv {management-address | system-capabilities | system-description| system-name} To remove advertised management TLVs, use the no advertise management-tlv {management-address | system-capabilities | system-description | system-name} command.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Defaults Command Modes Command History No default values or behavior EXEC Privilege Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on the S55. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on C-Series Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on E-Series clear lldp neighbors ces Syntax Parameters Clear LLDP neighbor information for all interfaces or a specific interfaces.
Parameters interface Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • • • For a Fast Ethernet interface, enter the keyword FastEthernet followed by the slot/port information. For a 1-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword gigabitEthernet followed by the slot/port information. For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword tenGigabitEthernet followed by the slot/port information. Note: The FastEthernet option is not supported on S-Series.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Related Commands protocol lldp (Configuration) Enable LLDP globally. debug lldp interface Debug LLDP show lldp neighbors Display the LLDP neighbors show running-config lldp Display the LLDP running configuration hello ces Syntax Configure the rate at which the LLDP control packets are sent to its peer. hello seconds To revert to the default, use the no hello seconds command.
Related Commands protocol lldp (Configuration) Enable LLDP globally. show lldp neighbors Display the LLDP neighbors multiplier ces Syntax Set the number of consecutive misses before LLDP declares the interface dead. multiplier integer To return to the default, use the no multiplier integer command. Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History integer Enter the number of consecutive misses before the LLDP declares the interface dead.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Defaults LLDP is not enabled on the interface. Command Modes INTERFACE (conf-if-interface-lldp) Command History Usage Information Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on the S55. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on C-Series Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on E-Series When you enter the LLDP protocol in the Interface context, it overrides global configurations.
show lldp statistics ces Syntax Defaults Command Modes Command History Example Display the LLDP statistical information. show lldp statistics No default values or behavior EXEC Privilege Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on the S55. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on C-Series Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on E-Series Figure 21-2.
www.dell.com | support.dell.
Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Related Commands vlan-id Enter the VLAN ID. Range: 1 to 4094 layer2_priority Enter the Layer 2 priority. Range: 0 to 7 DSCP_value Enter the DSCP value. Range: 0 to 63 priority-tagged number Enter the keyword priority-tagged followed the Layer 2 priority. Range: 0 to 7 unconfigured CONFIGURATION (conf-lldp) Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on the S55. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.6.1.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command History Related Commands \ Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on the S55. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on C-Series and E-Series debug lldp interface Debug LLDP show lldp neighbors Display the LLDP neighbors show running-config lldp Display the LLDP running configuration advertise med location-identification ces Syntax Configure the system to advertise a location identifier.
advertise med power-via-mdi cs Configure the system to advertise the Extended Power via MDI TLV. Syntax advertise med power-via-mdi To return to the default, use the no advertise med power-via-mdi command. Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information Related Commands unconfigured CONFIGURATION (conf-lldp) Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on the S55. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.6.1.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Related Commands Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on C-Series and E-Series debug lldp interface Debug LLDP show lldp neighbors Display the LLDP neighbors show lldp neighbors Display the LLDP running configuration advertise med streaming-video ces Syntax Configure the system to advertise streaming video services for broadcast or multicast-based video. This does not include video applications that rely on TCP buffering.
advertise med video-conferencing ces Syntax Configure the system to advertise dedicated video conferencing and other similar appliances that support real-time interactive video. advertise med video-conferencing {vlan-id layer2_priority DSCP_value} | {priority-tagged number} To return to the default, use the no advertise med video-conferencing {vlan-id layer2_priority DSCP_value} | {priority-tagged number} command.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Defaults Command Modes Command History Related Commands DSCP_value Enter the DSCP value (C-Series and E-Series only). Range: 0 to 63 priority-tagged number Enter the keyword priority-tagged followed the Layer 2 priority. Range: 0 to 7 unconfigured CONFIGURATION (conf-lldp) Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on the S55. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.6.1.
advertise med voice-signaling ces Syntax Configure the system to advertise when voice control packets use a separate network policy than voice data. advertise med voice-signaling {vlan-id layer2_priority DSCP_value} | {priority-tagged number} To return to the default, use the no advertise med voice-signaling {vlan-id layer2_priority DSCP_value} | {priority-tagged number} command. Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Related Commands vlan-id Enter the VLAN ID.
www.dell.com | support.dell.
22 Multiple Spanning Tree Protocol (MSTP) Overview Multiple Spanning Tree Protocol (MSTP), as implemented by FTOS, conforms to IEEE 802.1s.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com debug spanning-tree mstp ces Syntax Enable debugging of Multiple Spanning Tree Protocol and view information on the protocol. debug spanning-tree mstp [all | bpdu interface {in | out} | events] To disable debugging, enter no debug spanning-tree mstp. Parameters all (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword all to debug all spanning tree operations. bpdu interface {in | out} (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword bpdu to debug Bridge Protocol Data Units.
Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Related Commands description Enter a description to identify the Multiple Spanning Tree (80 characters maximum). No default behavior or values SPANNING TREE (The prompt is “config-mstp”.) Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on the S55. pre-7.7.1.0 Introduced protocol spanning-tree mstp Enter Multiple SPANNING TREE mode on the switch. disable ces Syntax Globally disable Multiple Spanning Tree Protocol on the switch.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command History Related Commands Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on the S55. Version 7.6.1.0 Added support for S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Added support for C-Series Version 6.5.1.0 Introduced max-age Change the wait time before MSTP refreshes protocol configuration information. hello-time Change the time interval between BPDUs. hello-time ces Syntax Set the time interval between generation of Multiple Spanning Tree Bridge Protocol Data Units (BPDUs).
Defaults Command Modes Command History Related Commands 20 seconds MULTIPLE SPANNING TREE Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on the S55. Version 7.6.1.0 Added support for S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Added support for C-Series Version 6.5.1.0 Introduced forward-delay The amount of time the interface waits in the Blocking State and the Learning State before transitioning to the Forwarding State. hello-time Change the time interval between BPDUs. max-hops ces Syntax Configure the maximum hop count.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com To disable mapping or bridge priority no msti instance {vlan range | bridge-priority priority} Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information msti instance Enter the Multiple Spanning Tree Protocol Instance Range: zero (0) to 63 vlan range Enter the keyword vlan followed by the identifier range value. Range: 1 to 4094 bridge-priority priority Enter the keyword bridge-priority followed by a value in increments of 4096 as the bridge priority.
Related Commands msti Map the VLAN(s) to an MST instance revision Assign revision number to the MST configuration. protocol spanning-tree mstp ces Syntax Enter the MULTIPLE SPANNING TREE mode to enable and configure the Multiple Spanning Tree group. protocol spanning-tree mstp To disable the Multiple Spanning Tree group, enter no protocol spanning-tree mstp command. Defaults Command Modes Command History Example Not configured. CONFIGURATION Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on the S55. Version 7.6.1.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Parameters Defaults Command Modes range 0 MULTIPLE SPANNING TREE Command History Usage Information Enter the revision number for the MST configuration. Range: 0 to 65535 Default: 0 Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on the S55. Version 7.6.1.0 Added support for S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Added support for C-Series Version 6.5.1.0 Introduced For two MSTP switches to be within the same MST region, the switches must share the same revision number.
Command Modes EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History Example Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on the S55. Version 7.6.1.0 Added support for S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Added support for C-Series pre-Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced on E-Series Figure 22-4. show spanning-tree mst configuration Command Example FTOS#show spanning-tree mst configuration MST region name: CustomerSvc Revision: 2 MSTI VID 10 101-105 FTOS# Usage Information You must enable Multiple Spanning Tree Protocol prior to using this command.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Example Figure 22-5. show spanning-tree msti [instance-number] Command Example FTOS#show spanning-tree msti 10 MSTI 10 VLANs mapped 101-105 Bridge Identifier has priority 32768, Address 0001.e802.3506 Configured hello time 2, max age 20, forward delay 15, max hops 5 Current root has priority 16384, Address 0001.e800.
Example 2 Figure 22-6. show spanning-tree msti with EDS and LBK FTOS#show spanning-tree msti 0 brief MSTI 0 VLANs mapped 1-4094 Executing IEEE compatible Spanning Tree Protocol Root ID Priority 32768, Address 0001.e801.6aa8 Root Bridge hello time 2, max age 20, forward delay 15, max hops 20 Bridge ID Priority 32768, Address 0001.e801.6aa8 We are the root of MSTI 0 (CIST) Configured hello time 2, max age 20, forward delay 15, max hops 20 CIST regional root ID Priority 32768, Address 0001.e801.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command History Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on the S55. Version 7.6.1.0 Added support for S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Added support for C-Series pre-Version 6.2.1.0 Introduced on E-Series spanning-tree msti ces Syntax Configure Multiple Spanning Tree instance cost and priority for an interface.
Parameters Command Modes Command History Usage Information mstp edge-port Enter the keywords mstp followed by the keyword edge-port to configure the interface as a Multiple Spanning Tree edge port. bpduguard (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword portfast to enable Portfast to move the interface into forwarding mode immediately after the root fails. Enter the keyword bpduguard to disable the port when it receives a BPDU.
www.dell.com | support.dell.
23 Multicast Overview The platforms on which a command is supported is indicated by the character — e for the E-Series, c for the C-Series, and s for the S-Series — that appears below each command heading.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Parameters Command Modes Command History group-address [source-address] Enter multicast group address and source address (if desired), in dotted decimal format, to clear information on a specific group. * Enter * to clear all multicast routes. EXEC Privilege Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on S55 Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on C-Series E-Series legacy command Related Commands show ip pim tib Show the PIM Tree Information Base.
Defaults Command Modes Command History Not configured. CONFIGURATION Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on S55 E-Series legacy command Related Commands show ip mroute View the E-Series routing table. ip multicast-lag-hashing e Syntax Distribute multicast traffic among Port Channel members in a round-robin fashion. ip multicast-lag-hashing To revert to the default, enter no ip multicast-lag-hashing. Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information Related Commands Disabled CONFIGURATION Version 6.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Related Commands ip pim sparse-mode Enable IGMP and PIM on an interface. ip multicast-limit ces Syntax Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information Use this feature to limit the number of multicast entries on the system. ip multicast-limit limit limit Enter the desired maximum number of multicast entries on the system.
Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information vlan vlan-list Enter the VLAN(s) in which flooding will be restricted. Separate values by commas—no spaces ( 1,2,3 ) or indicate a list of values separated by a hyphen (1-3). Range: 1 to 4094 min-speed min-speed (OPTIONAL) Enter the minimum link speed that ports must have to receive the specified flooded multicast traffic. None CONFIGURATION Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on S55 Version 7.7.1.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com As an Mtrace transit or intermediate router, FTOS returns the response to Mtrace queries. Upon receiving the Mtrace request, FTOS computes the RPF neighbor for the source, fills in the request and the forwards the request to the RPF neighbor. While computing the RPF neighbor, the static mroute and mBGP route is preferred over the unicast route.
Usage Information This command restricts flooding for all unknown multicast traffic on ports below a certain speed. If you want some multicast traffic to be flooded on slower ports, use the command mac-flood-list without the min-speed option, in combination with restrict-flooding. With mac-flood-list you specify the traffic you want to be flooded using a MAC address range.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Example 2 Figure 23-3. show ip mroute Command Example FTOS#show ip mroute IP Multicast Routing Table (*, 224.10.10.1), uptime 00:05:12 Incoming interface: GigabitEthernet 3/12 Outgoing interface list: GigabitEthernet 3/13 (1.13.1.100, 224.10.10.1), uptime 00:04:03 Incoming interface: GigabitEthernet 3/4 Outgoing interface list: GigabitEthernet 3/12 GigabitEthernet 3/13 (*, 224.20.20.
Example Figure 23-4. show ip rpf Command Example FTOS#show ip rpf RPF information for 10.10.10.9 RPF interface: Gi 3/4 RPF neighbor: 165.87.31.4 RPF route/mask: 10.10.10.9/255.255.255.255 RPF type: unicast show queue backplane multicast e Syntax Defaults Command Modes Display the backplane bandwidth configuration about how much bandwidth is dedicated to multicast versus unicast. show queue backplane multicast bandwidth-percentage None EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History Example Version 7.7.1.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com clear ipv6 mroute e Syntax Parameters Clear learned multicast routes on the multicast forwarding table. To clear the PIM tib, use clear ip pim tib command. clear ipv6 mroute {group-address [source-address] | *} group-address [source-address] Enter multicast group address and source address (if desired) to clear information on a specific group. Enter the addresses in the x:x:x:x::x format. The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zero.
Command Modes Command History CONFIGURATION E-Series legacy command show ipv6 mroute e Syntax Parameters View IPv6 multicast routes. show ipv6 mroute [group-address [source-address]] [active rate] [count group-address [source source-address]] group-address [source-address] (OPTIONAL) Enter the IPv6 multicast group-address to view only routes associated with that group. Optionally, enter the IPv6 source-address to view routes with that group-address and source-address.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Example Figure 23-7. show ipv6 mroute active Command Example FTOS#show ipv6 mroute active 10 Active Multicast Sources - sending >= 10 pps Group: ff05:300::1 Source: 165:87:31::30 Rate: 100 pps Group: ff05:3300::1 Source: 165:87:31::30 Rate: 100 pps Group: ff3e:300::4000:1 Source: 165:87:31::20 Rate: 100 pps Group: ff3e:3300::4000:1 Source: 165:87:31::20 Rate: 100 pps FTOS# Example Figure 23-8.
Parameters Defaults Command Modes mld (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword mld to display Multicast MLD information. group-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the multicast group address in the x:x:x:x::x format. The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zero. all (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword all to view all the MLD information. vlan vlan-id (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vlan followed by the VLAN ID to view MLD VLAN information.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Example 694 Figure 23-11.
24 Neighbor Discovery Protocol (NDP) Overview Neighbor Discovery Protocol for IPv6 is defined in RFC 2461 as part of the Stateless Address Autoconfiguration protocol. It replaces the Address Resolution Protocol used with IPv4. It defines mechanisms for solving the following problems: • • • • • • • • • Router discovery: Hosts can locate routers residing on a link. Prefix discovery: Hosts can discover address prefixes for the link.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com • • ipv6 neighbor show ipv6 neighbors clear ipv6 neighbors e Syntax Parameters Delete all entries in the IPv6 neighbor discovery cache, or neighbors of a specific interface. Static entries will not be removed using this command. clear ipv6 neighbors [ipv6-address] [interface] ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address of the neighbor in the x:x:x:x::x format to remove a specific IPv6 neighbor. The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zero.
ipv6 nd max-ra-interval e Syntax Configure the interval between the IPv6 router advertisement (RA) transmissions on an interface. ipv6 nd max-ra-interval {interval} min-ra-interval {interval} To restore the default interval, use the no ipv6 nd max-ra-interval command. Parameters Defaults Command Modes max-ra-interval {interval} Enter the keyword max-ra-interval followed by the interval in seconds.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com ipv6 nd other-config-flag e Set the other stateful configuration flag in the IPv6 router advertisement. The description of this flag from RFC 2461 (http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc2461) is: O: 1-bit “Other stateful configuration” flag. When set, hosts use the administered (stateful) protocol for autoconfiguration of other (non-address) information. The use of this flag is described in: Thomson, S. and T. Narten, “IPv6 Address Autoconfiguration”, RFC 2462, December 1998.
ipv6 nd ra-lifetime e Configure the router lifetime value in the IPv6 router advertisements on an interface. The description of router lifetime from RFC 2461(http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc2461) is: Router Lifetime: 16-bit unsigned integer. The lifetime associated with the default router in units of seconds. The maximum value corresponds to 18.2 hours. A Lifetime of 0 indicates that the router is not a default router and SHOULD NOT appear on the default router list.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Defaults Command Modes Enabled INTERFACE ipv6 neighbor e Syntax Configure a static entry in the IPv6 neighbor discovery. ipv6 neighbor {ipv6-address} {interface interface} {hardware_address} To remove a static IPv6 entry from the IPv6 neighbor discovery, use the no ipv6 neighbor {ipv6-address} {interface interface} command. Parameters ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address of the neighbor in the x:x:x:x::x format.
cpu Enter the keyword cpu followed by either rp1 or rp2 (Route Processor 1 or 2), optionally followed by an IPv6 address to display the IPv6 neighbor entries stored on the designated RP. interface interface • • • • • Defaults Command Modes For a Fast Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fastEthernet followed by the slot/port information. For a 1-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet followed by the slot/port information.
www.dell.com | support.dell.
25 Open Shortest Path First (OSPFv2 and OSPFv3) Overview Open Shortest Path First version 2 for IPv4 is supported on platforms c e s Open Shortest Path First version 3 (OSPFv3) for IPv6 is supported on platforms c e Note: The C-Series supports OSPFv3 with FTOS version 7.8.1.0 and later. OSPF is an Interior Gateway Protocol (IGP), which means that it distributes routing information between routers in a single Autonomous System (AS).
www.dell.com | support.dell.
• • • • • • • • • • • • • show ip ospf database opaque-area show ip ospf database opaque-as show ip ospf database opaque-link show ip ospf database router show ip ospf database summary show ip ospf interface show ip ospf neighbor show ip ospf routes show ip ospf statistics show ip ospf topology show ip ospf virtual-links summary-address timers spf area default-cost ces Syntax Set the metric for the summary default route generated by the area border router (ABR) into the stub area.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com area nssa ces Syntax Specify an area as a Not So Stubby Area (NSSA). area area-id nssa [default-information-originate] [no-redistribution] [no-summary] To delete an NSSA, enter no area area-id nssa. Parameters Defaults Command Mode Command History area-id Specify the OSPF area in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D) or enter a number from 0 and 65535. no-redistribution (OPTIONAL) Specify that the redistribute command should not distribute routes into the NSSA.
Command History Usage Information Related Commands Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on S55 Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced support for Multi-Process OSPF. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on C-Series pre-Version 6.1.1.1 Introduced on E-Series Only the routes within an area are summarized, and that summary is advertised to other areas by the ABR. External routes are not summarized. area stub Create a stub area.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com area virtual-link ces Syntax Set a virtual link and its parameters. area area-id virtual-link router-id [[authentication-key [encryption-type] key] | [message-digest-key keyid md5 [encryption-type] key]] [dead-interval seconds] [hello-interval seconds] [retransmit-interval seconds] [transmit-delay seconds] To delete a virtual link, use the no area area-id virtual-link router-id command.
Command History Usage Information Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on S55 Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced support for Multi-Process OSPF. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on C-Series pre-Version 6.1.1.1 Introduced on E-Series All OSPF areas must be connected to a backbone area (usually Area 0). Virtual links connect broken or discontiguous areas. You cannot enable both authentication options. Choose either the authentication-key or message-digest-key option.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command History Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on S55 Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced support for Multi-Process OSPF. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on C-Series pre-Version 6.1.1.1 Introduced on E-Series clear ip ospf statistics ces Syntax Parameters Clear the packet statistics in interfaces and neighbors.
debug ip ospf ces Syntax Display debug information on OSPF. Entering debug ip ospf enables OSPF debugging for the first OSPF process,. debug ip ospf process-id [bfd |event | packet | spf] To cancel the debug command, enter no debug ip ospf. Parameters Command Modes Command History Example process-id Enter the OSPF Process ID to debug a specific process. If no Process ID is entered, command applies only to the first OSPF process.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Table 25-1. Output Descriptions for debug ip ospf process-id packet Field Description rid: Displays the OSPF router ID. aid: Displays the Autonomous System ID. chk: Displays the OSPF checksum. aut: States if OSPF authentication is configured.
metric-type type-value (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword metric-type followed by an OSPF link state type of 1 or 2 for default routes. The values are: • • route-map map-name Defaults Command Modes Command History Related Commands 1 = Type 1 external route 2 = Type 2 external route. (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword route-map followed by the name of an established route map. Disabled. ROUTER OSPF Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on S55 Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced support for Multi-Process OSPF. Version 7.6.1.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Syntax description description To remove the OSPF description, use the no description command. Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Related Commands description Enter a text string description to identify the OSPF configuration (80 characters maximum). No default behavior or values ROUTER OSPF Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on S55 Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced support for Multi-Process OSPF. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.5.1.
distance ospf ces Syntax Configure an OSPF distance metric for different types of routes. distance ospf [external dist3] [inter-area dist2] [intra-area dist1] To delete these settings, enter no distance ospf. Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information external dist3 (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword external followed by a number to specify a distance for external type 5 and 7 routes. Range: 1 to 255 Default: 110.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Parameters prefix-list-name Enter the name of a configured prefix list. interface (OPTIONAL) Enter one of the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • • • • • Defaults Command Modes Command History For a 1-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet followed by the slot/port information.
Command History Usage Information Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on S55 Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced support for Multi-Process OSPF. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on C-Series pre-Version 6.1.1.1 Introduced on E-Series The distribute-list out command applies to routes being redistributed by autonomous system boundary routers (ASBRs) into OSPF. It can be applied to external type 2 and external type 1 routes, but not to intra-area and inter-area routes.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Usage Information The higher this parameter is set, the faster OSPF converge takes place. Note that the faster the convergence, the more frequent the route calculations and updates. This will impact CPU utilization and may impact adjacency stability in larger topologies. Generally, convergence level 1 meets most convergence requirements. Higher convergence levels should only be selected following consultation with Dell Networking technical support.
Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information Not Configured ROUTER OSPF Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on S55 Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced for S-Series Introduced support for Multi-Process OSPF. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on C-Series pre-Version 6.1.1.1 Introduced on E-Series OSPF Graceful Restart is not supported on the S55 system. graceful-restart helper-reject ces Syntax Specify the OSPF router to not act as a helper during graceful restart.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Defaults Command Modes Command History Support for both planned and unplanned failures. ROUTER OSPF Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on S55 Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on C-Series pre-Version 6.1.1.1 Introduced on E-Series graceful-restart role ces Syntax Specify the role for your OSPF router during graceful restart. graceful-restart role [helper-only | restart-only] To disable graceful restart role, enter no graceful-restart role.
Command History Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on S55 Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on C-Series pre-Version 6.1.1.1 Introduced on E-Series ip ospf authentication-key ces Syntax Enable authentication and set an authentication key on OSPF traffic on an interface. ip ospf authentication-key [encryption-type] key To delete an authentication key, enter no ip ospf authentication-key.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Usage Information If this command is not configured, cost is based on the auto-cost command. When you configure OSPF over multiple vendors, use the ip ospf cost command to ensure that all routers use the same cost. Otherwise, OSPF routes improperly. Related Commands auto-cost Control how the OSPF interface cost is calculated. ip ospf dead-interval ces Syntax Set the time interval since the last hello-packet was received from a router.
Command Modes Command History Usage Information Related Commands INTERFACE Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on S55 Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on C-Series pre-Version 6.1.1.1 Introduced on E-Series The time interval between hello packets must be the same for routers in a network. ip ospf dead-interval Set the time interval before a router is declared dead.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com ip ospf mtu-ignore ces Syntax Disable OSPF MTU mismatch detection upon receipt of database description (DBD) packets. ip ospf mtu-ignore To return to the default, enter no ip ospf mtu-ignore. Defaults Command Modes Command History Enabled INTERFACE Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on S55 Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on C-Series pre-Version 6.1.1.
Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information number Enter a number as the priority. Range: 0 to 255. The default is 1. 1 INTERFACE Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on S55 Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on C-Series pre-Version 6.1.1.1 Introduced on E-Series Setting a priority of 0 makes the router ineligible for election as a Designated Router or Backup Designated Router.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com ip ospf transmit-delay ces Syntax Set the estimated time elapsed to send a link state update packet on the interface. ip ospf transmit-delay seconds To return to the default value, enter no ip ospf transmit-delay. Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History seconds Enter the number of seconds as the transmission time. This value should be greater than the transmission and propagation delays for the interface. Range: 1 to 3600. Default: 1 second.
Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History number Specify the number of paths. Range: 1 to 16. Default: 4 paths. 4 ROUTER OSPF Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on S55 Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced support for Multi-Process OSPF. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on C-Series pre-Version 6.1.1.1 Introduced on E-Series mib-binding ces Syntax Enable this OSPF process ID to manage the SNMP traps and process SNMP queries.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command Modes Command History Usage Information mask Enter a network mask in /prefix format. (/x) area-id Enter the OSPF area ID as either a decimal value or in a valid IP address. Decimal value range: 0 to 65535 IP address format: dotted decimal format A.B.C.D. Note: If the area ID is smaller than 65535, it will be converted to a decimal value. For example, if you use an area ID of 0.0.0.1, it will be converted to 1. ROUTER OSPF Version 8.3.5.
Command History Usage Information Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on S55 Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced support for Multi-Process OSPF. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on C-Series Version 7.4.1.0 Modified to include the default keyword. pre-Version 6.1.1.1 Introduced on E-Series Although the passive interface will neither send nor receive routing updates, the network on that interface will still be included in OSPF updates sent via other interfaces.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Parameters connected Enter the keyword connected to specify that information from active routes on interfaces is redistributed. rip Enter the keyword rip to specify that RIP routing information is redistributed. static Enter the keyword static to specify that information from static routes is redistributed. metric metric-value (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword metric followed by a number. Range: 0 (zero) to 16777214.
metric-type type-value (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword metric-type followed by one of the following: • • Defaults Command Modes Command History 1 = for OSPF External type 1 2 = for OSPF External type 2 route-map map-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword route-map followed by the name of the route map. tag tag-value (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword tag to set the tag for routes redistributed into OSPF. Range: 0 to 4294967295 No default behavior or values ROUTER OSPF Version 8.3.5.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information route-map map-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword route-map followed by the name of the route map. tag tag-value (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword tag followed by a number. Range: 0 to 4294967295 Not configured. ROUTER OSPF Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on S55 Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced support for Multi-Process OSPF. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on C-Series pre-Version 6.1.1.
Usage Information You can configure an arbitrary value in the IP address format for each router. However, each router ID must be unique. If this command is used on an OSPF router process, which is already active (that is, has neighbors), a prompt reminding you that changing router-id will bring down the existing OSPF adjacency. The new router ID is effective at the next reload router ospf ces Syntax Enter the ROUTER OSPF mode to configure an OSPF instance.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command History Example Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on S55 Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on C-Series pre-Version 6.1.1.1 Introduced on E-Series Figure 25-4. Command Example: show config FTOS(conf-router_ospf)#show config ! router ospf 3 passive-interface FastEthernet 0/1 FTOS(conf-router_ospf)# show ip ospf ces Syntax Parameters Command Modes Display information on the OSPF process configured on the switch.
Table 25-2. Related Commands Command Output Descriptions: show ip ospf process-id Line Beginning with Description “Routing Process...” Displays the OSPF process ID and the IP address associated with the process ID. “Supports only...” Displays the number of Type of Service (TOS) rouse supported. “SPF schedule...” Displays the delay and hold time configured for this process ID. “Number of...” Displays the number and type of areas configured for this process ID.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Example Figure 25-6. Command Example: show ip ospf process-id asbr FTOS#show ip ospf 1asbr RouterID 3.3.3.3 1.1.1.1 Flags -/-/-/ E/-/-/ Cost Nexthop 2 10.0.0.2 0 0.0.0.0 Interface Area Gi 0/1 1 0 FTOS# You can determine if an ASBR is in a directly connected area (or not) by the flags. For ASBRs in a directly connected area, E flags are set. In the figure above, router 1.1.1.1 is in a directly connected area since the Flag is E/-/-/.
Example Figure 25-7. Command Example: show ip ospf process-id database FTOS>show ip ospf 1 database OSPF Router with ID (11.1.2.1) (Process ID 1) Router (Area 0.0.0.0) Link ID ADV Router Age Seq# Checksum 11.1.2.1 11.1.2.1 673 0x80000005 0x707e 13.1.1.1 13.1.1.1 676 0x80000097 0x1035 192.68.135.2 192.68.135.2 1419 0x80000294 0x9cbd Link ID 10.2.3.2 10.2.4.2 Link ID 0.0.0.0 1.1.1.1 10.1.1.0 10.1.2.0 10.2.2.0 10.2.3.0 10.2.4.0 11.1.1.0 11.1.2.0 12.1.2.0 13.1.1.0 13.1.2.0 172.16.1.0 FTOS> Table 25-3.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Parameters process-id Enter the OSPF Process ID to show a specific process. If no Process ID is entered, command applies only to the first OSPF process. link-state-id (OPTIONAL) Specify LSA ID in dotted decimal format.
Table 25-4. Command Output Descriptions: show ip ospf database asbr-summary Item Description LS Age Displays the LSA’s age. Options Displays the optional capabilities available on router. The following options can be found in this item: • • • Related Commands TOS-capability or No TOS-capability is displayed depending on whether the router can support Type of Service. DC or No DC is displayed depending on whether the originating router can support OSPF over demand circuits.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command History Example Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on S55 Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced support of Multi-Process OSPF. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on C-Series pre-Version 6.1.1.1 Introduced on E-Series Figure 25-9. Command Example: show ip ospf database external FTOS#show ip ospf 1 database external OSPF Router with ID (20.20.20.
Table 25-5. external Related Commands Command Example Descriptions: show ip ospf process-id database Item Description Advertising Router Identifies the router ID of the LSA’s originating router. LS Seq Number Identifies the link state sequence number. This number enables you to identify old or duplicate LSAs. Checksum Displays the Fletcher checksum of an LSA’s complete contents. Length Displays the length in bytes of the LSA. Network Mask Displays the network mask implemented on the area.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Example Figure 25-10. Command Example: show ip ospf process-id database network FTOS#show ip ospf 1 data network OSPF Router with ID (20.20.20.5) (Process ID 1) Network (Area 0.0.0.0) LS age: 1372 Options: (No TOS-capability, DC, E) LS type: Network Link State ID: 202.10.10.2 Advertising Router: 20.20.20.8 LS Seq Number: 0x80000006 Checksum: 0xa35 Length: 36 Network Mask: /24 Attached Router: 20.20.20.8 Attached Router: 20.20.20.9 Attached Router: 20.20.20.
Related Commands show ip ospf database Displays OSPF database information. show ip ospf database nssa-external ces Syntax Parameters Display NSSA-External (type 7) LSA information. show ip ospf database nssa-external [link-state-id] [adv-router ip-address] link-state-id (OPTIONAL) Specify LSA ID in dotted decimal format.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com EXEC Privilege Command History Example Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on S55 Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced support of Multi-Process OSPF. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on C-Series pre-Version 6.1.1.1 Introduced on E-Series Figure 25-11. (Partial) Command Example: show ip ospf process-id database opaque-area FTOS>show ip ospf 1 database opaque-area OSPF Router with ID (3.3.3.
Table 25-7. Command Example Descriptions: show ip ospf process-id database opaque-area Related Commands Item Description Opaque Type Displays the Opaque type field (the first 8 bits of the Link State ID). Opaque ID Displays the Opaque type-specific ID (the remaining 24 bits of the Link State ID). show ip ospf database Displays OSPF database information. show ip ospf database opaque-as ces Syntax Parameters Display the opaque-as (type 11) LSA information.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Parameters process-id Enter the OSPF Process ID to show a specific process. If no Process ID is entered, command applies only to the first OSPF process. link-state-id (OPTIONAL) Specify LSA ID in dotted decimal format.
Example Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on C-Series pre-Version 6.1.1.1 Introduced on E-Series Figure 25-12. Command Example: show ip ospf process-id database router (Partial) FTOS#show ip ospf 100 database router OSPF Router with ID (1.1.1.10) (Process ID 100) Router (Area 0) LS age: 967 Options: (No TOS-capability, No DC, E) LS type: Router Link State ID: 1.1.1.10 Advertising Router: 1.1.1.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Table 25-8. Command Example Descriptions: show ip ospf process-id database router Item Description LS Age Displays the LSA age. Options Displays the optional capabilities available on router. The following options can be found in this item: • • • Related Commands TOS-capability or No TOS-capability is displayed depending on whether the router can support Type of Service.
link-state-id (OPTIONAL) Specify LSA ID in dotted decimal format. The LSA ID value depends on the LSA type, and it can be one of the following: • • • adv-router ip-address Command Modes the network’s IP address for Type 3 LSAs or Type 5 LSAs the router’s OSPF router ID for Type 1 LSAs or Type 4 LSAs the default destination (0.0.0.0) for Type 5 LSAs (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords adv-router ip-address to display only the LSA information about that router.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Table 25-9. summary Command Example Descriptions: show ip ospf process-id database Items Description LS Age Displays the LSA age. Options Displays the optional capabilities available on router. The following options can be found in this item: • • • Related Commands TOS-capability or No TOS-capability is displayed depending on whether the router can support Type of Service.
Parameters process-id Enter the OSPF Process ID to show a specific process. If no Process ID is entered, command applies only to the first OSPF process. interface (OPTIONAL) Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • • • • • • • Command Modes For a 1-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet followed by the slot/port information. For the null interface, enter the keyword null followed by zero (0).
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Example Figure 25-14. Command Example: show ip ospf process-id interface FTOS>show ip ospf int GigabitEthernet 13/17 is up, line protocol is up Internet Address 192.168.1.2/30, Area 0.0.0.1 Process ID 1, Router ID 192.168.253.2, Network Type BROADCAST, Cost: 1 Transmit Delay is 1 sec, State DR, Priority 1 Designated Router (ID) 192.168.253.2, Interface address 192.168.1.2 Backup Designated Router (ID) 192.168.253.1, Interface address 192.168.1.
show ip ospf neighbor ces Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History Example Display the OSPF neighbors connected to the local router. show ip ospf process-id neighbor process-id Enter the OSPF Process ID to show a specific process. If no Process ID is entered, command applies only to the first OSPF process. EXEC Privilege Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on S55 Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced support of Multi-Process OSPF. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.5.1.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command Modes EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History Usage Information Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on S55 Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced support of Multi-Process OSPF. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on C-Series and E-Series This command is useful in isolating routing problems between OSPF and RTM.
(OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword interface followed by one of the following interface keywords and slot/port or number information: interface name For a 1-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet followed by the slot/port information. For Port Channel groups, enter the keyword port-channel followed by a number: C-Series and S-Series Range: 1-128 E-Series Range: 1-255 for TeraScale • • For a SONET interface, enter the keyword sonet followed by the slot/port information.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Table 25-12.
Table 25-13.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command Modes EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History Usage Information Example Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on S55 Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced support of Multi-Process OSPF. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on C-Series and E-Series This command can be used to isolate problems with inter-area and external routes. In OSPF inter-area and external routes are calculated by adding LSA cost to the cost of reaching the router.
Example Figure 25-20. Command Example: show ip ospf process-id virtual-links FTOS#show ip ospf 1 virt Virtual Link to router 192.168.253.5 is up Run as demand circuit Transit area 0.0.0.1, via interface GigabitEthernet 13/16, Cost of using 2 Transmit Delay is 1 sec, State POINT_TO_POINT, Timer intervals configured, Hello 10, Dead 40, Wait 40, Retransmit 5 Hello due in 00:00:02 FTOS# Table 25-14. Command Example Descriptions: show ip ospf process-id virtual-links Items Description “Virtual Link...
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command History Usage Information Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on S55 Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced support of Multi-Process OSPF. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on C-Series pre-Version 6.1.1.1 Introduced on E-Series The command area range summarizes routes for the different areas. With "not-advertise" parameter configured, this command can be used to filter out some external routes.
26 PIM-Sparse Mode (PIM-SM) Overview The platforms on which a command is supported is indicated by the character — e for the E-Series, c for the C-Series, and s for the S-Series — that appears below each command heading.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com clear ip pim rp-mapping ces Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History Used by the bootstrap router (BSR) to remove all or particular Rendezvous Point (RP) Advertisement. clear ip pim rp-mapping rp-address rp-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the RP address in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D) EXEC Privilege Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on S55 Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.8.1.
register (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword register to view PIM register address in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D). state (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword state to view PIM state changes. timer [assert | hello | joinprune | register] (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword timer to view PIM timers. Enter one of the optional parameters: • • • • Defaults Command Modes Command History assert: to view the assertion timer. hello: to view the PIM neighbor keepalive timer.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Parameters interface Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • • • • • • Defaults Command Modes For a 1-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet followed by the slot/port information. For a Loopback interface, enter the keyword loopback followed by a number from 0 to 16383. For Port Channel interface types, enter the keyword port-channel followed by a number from 1 to 255.
Usage Information The router with the largest value assigned to an interface becomes the Designated Router. If two interfaces contain the same DR priority value, the interface with the largest interface IP address becomes the Designated Router. ip pim graceful-restart e This feature permits configuration of Non-stop Forwarding (NFS or graceful restart) capability of a PIM router to its neighbors.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Example ext-access-list Enter the name of an extended access list. in Enter this keyword to apply the access list to inbound traffic. out Enter this keyword to apply the access list to outbound traffic. None INTERFACE Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on S55 Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on C-Series on port-channels and S-Series Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on E-Series.
ip pim query-interval ces Syntax Change the frequency of PIM Router-Query messages. ip pim query-interval seconds To return to the default value, enter no ip pim query-interval seconds command. Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History seconds Enter a number as the number of seconds between router query messages. Default: 30 seconds Range: 0 to 65535 30 seconds INTERFACE Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on S55 Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.8.1.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information address Enter the RP address in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D). group-address group-address mask Enter the keyword group-address followed by a group-address mask, in dotted decimal format (/xx), to assign that group address to the RP. override Enter the keyword override to override the BSR updates with static RP. The override will take effect immediately during enable/disable.
Command History Usage Information Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on S55 Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on S-Series pre-Version 6.1.1.1 Introduced on E-Series Priority is stored at BSR router when receiving a Candidate-RP-Advertisement. ip pim sparse-mode ces Syntax Enable PIM sparse mode and IGMP on the interface. ip pim sparse-mode To disable PIM sparse mode and IGMP, enter no ip pim sparse-mode.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command Modes Command History Usage Information CONFIGURATION Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on S55 Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced Version 7.7.1.1 Introduced This command configures an expiration timer for all S.G entries, unless they are assigned to an Extended ACL. ip pim spt-threshold ce Configure PIM router to switch to shortest path tree when the traffic reaches the specified threshold value.
Example Figure 26-2. show ip pim bsr-router Command Example E600-7-rpm0#show ip pim bsr-router PIMv2 Bootstrap information This system is the Bootstrap Router (v2) BSR address: 7.7.7.7 (?) Uptime: 16:59:06, BSR Priority: 0, Hash mask length: 30 Next bootstrap message in 00:00:08 This system is a candidate BSR Candidate BSR address: 7.7.7.7, priority: 0, hash mask length: 30 show ip pim interface ces Syntax Command Modes View information on the interfaces with IP PIM enabled.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Table 26-1. show ip pim interface Command Example Fields Field Description DR Prio Displays the Designated Router priority value configured on the interface (ip pim dr-priority command). DR Displays the IP address of the Designated Router for that interface. show ip pim neighbor ces Syntax Command Modes View PIM neighbors. show ip pim neighbor EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History Example Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on S55 Version 8.1.1.
show ip pim rp ces Syntax Parameters Command Modes View all multicast groups-to-RP mappings. show ip pim rp [mapping | group-address] mapping (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword mapping to display the multicast groups-to-RP mapping and information on how RP is learnt. group-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the multicast group address mask in dotted decimal format to view RP for a specific group. EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History Example 1 Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on S55 Version 8.1.1.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com show ip pim tib ces Syntax Parameters Command Modes View the PIM tree information base (TIB). show ip pim tib [group-address [source-address]] group-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the group address in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D) source-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the source address in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D). EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History Example Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on S55 Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.8.1.
Table 26-3.
| PIM-Sparse Mode (PIM-SM) www.dell.com | support.dell.
27 PIM-Source Specific Mode (PIM-SSM) Overview The platforms on which a command is supported is indicated by the character — e for the E-Series, c for the C-Series, and s for the S-Series — that appears below each command heading.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com ip pim ssm-range ces Syntax Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information Specify the SSM group range using an access-list. ip pim ssm-range {access_list_name} access_list_name Enter the name of the access list. Default SSM range is 232/8 and ff3x/32 CONFIGURATION Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on S55 Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on C-Series. Version 7.5.1.
Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on C-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on E-Series.
www.dell.com | support.dell.
28 Port Monitoring Overview The Port Monitoring feature enables you to monitor network traffic by forwarding a copy of each incoming or outgoing packet from one port to another port.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com • On the S-Series, one monitor session can have only one MG port. There is no restriction on the number of source ports, or destination ports on the chassis. Note: The monitoring port should not be a part of any other configuration. description ces Syntax Enter a description of this monitoring session description {description} To remove the description, use the no description {description} command.
monitor session ces Syntax Create a session for monitoring traffic. monitor session session-ID To delete a session, use the no monitor session session-ID command. To delete all monitor sessions, use the no monitor session command. Parameters Defaults Command Modes session-ID No default values or behaviors MONITOR SESSION (conf-mon-sess-session-ID) Command History Example Enter a session identification number. Range: 0 to 65535 Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on S55 Version 8.1.1.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on C-Series Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on E-Series Example FTOS(conf-mon-sess-11)#show config ! monitor session 11 source GigabitEthernet 10/0 destination GigabitEthernet 10/47 direction rx FTOS# show monitor session ces Syntax Display the monitor information of a particular session or all sessions. show monitor session {session-ID} To display the monitor information for all sessions, use the show monitor session command.
show running-config monitor session ces Syntax Display the running configuration of all monitor sessions or a specific session. show running-config monitor session {session-ID} To display the running configuration for all monitor sessions, use just the show running-config monitor session command. Parameters Defaults Command Modes session-ID (OPTIONAL) Enter a session identification number. Range: 0 to 65535 No default values or behavior EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History Version 8.3.5.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Parameters interface Enter the one of the following keywords and slot/port information: • • • Defaults Command Modes Command History Example For a 1-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet followed by the slot/port information. For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet followed by the slot/port information. For a SONET interface, enter the keyword sonet followed by the slot/port information.
29 Private VLAN (PVLAN) Overview Starting with FTOS 7.8.1.0, the Private VLAN (PVLAN) feature of FTOS is available for the C-Series and S-Series: c s Commands • • • • • • • ip local-proxy-arp private-vlan mode private-vlan mapping secondary-vlan show interfaces private-vlan show vlan private-vlan show vlan private-vlan mapping switchport mode private-vlan See also the following commands. The command output is augmented in FTOS 7.8.1.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Community VLAN: A community VLAN is a secondary VLAN of the primary VLAN: • • Ports in a community VLAN can talk to each other. Also, all ports in a community VLAN can talk to all promiscuous ports in the primary VLAN and vice-versa. Devices on a community VLAN can communicate with each other via member ports, while devices in an isolated VLAN cannot.
Command History Related Commands Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on S55 Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on C-Series and S-Series private-vlan mode Set the mode of the selected VLAN to community, isolated, or primary. private-vlan mapping secondary-vlan Map secondary VLANs to the selected primary VLAN. show arp Display the ARP table. show interfaces private-vlan Display type and status of PVLAN interfaces. show vlan private-vlan Display PVLANs and/or interfaces that are part of a PVLAN.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com show vlan private-vlan Display PVLANs and/or interfaces that are part of a PVLAN. show vlan private-vlan mapping Display primary-secondary VLAN mapping. switchport mode private-vlan Set the PVLAN mode of the selected port. private-vlan mapping secondary-vlan cs Map secondary VLANs to the selected primary VLAN.
Defaults Command Modes none EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History Usage Information Examples Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on S55 Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on C-Series and S-Series This command has two types of display — a list of all PVLAN interfaces or for a specific interface. Examples of both types of output are shown below. Figure 29-1.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Syntax Parameters Defaults Command Modes show vlan private-vlan [community | interface | isolated | primary | primary_vlan | interface interface] community (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword community to display VLANs configured as community VLANs, along with their interfaces. interface (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword community to display VLANs configured as community VLANs, along with their interfaces.
FTOS# show vlan private-vlan isolated Primary Secondary Type Active Ports ------- --------- --------- ------ -----------------------10 primary Yes Gi 2/1,3 100 isolated Yes Gi 2/2,4-6 200 isolated Yes Gi 3/2,4-6 FTOS# show vlan private-vlan community Primary Secondary Type Active Ports ------- --------- --------- ------ -----------------------10 primary Yes Gi 2/1,3 101 community Yes Gi 2/7-10 20 primary Yes Po 10, 12-13 Gi 3/1 201 community No 202 community Yes Gi 3/11-12 FTOS# show vlan private-vlan int
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Table 29-2. Related Commands show interfaces description Command Example Fields Field Description Active States whether the interface is operationally up or down Ports Displays the interface IDs in the listed VLAN. private-vlan mode Set the mode of the selected VLAN to either community or isolated. show interfaces private-vlan Display type and status of PVLAN interfaces. show vlan private-vlan mapping Display primary-secondary VLAN mapping.
switchport mode private-vlan cs Set the PVLAN mode of the selected port. Syntax [no] switchport mode private-vlan {host | promiscuous | trunk} To remove the PVLAN mode from the selected port, use the no switchport mode private-vlan command. Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information Example host Enter host to configure the selected port or port channel as an isolated interface in a PVLAN, as described above.
| Private VLAN (PVLAN) www.dell.com | support.dell.
30 Per-VLAN Spanning Tree plus (PVST+) Overview The FTOS implementation of PVST+ (Per-VLAN Spanning Tree plus) is based on the IEEE 802.1d standard Spanning Tree Protocol, but it creates a separate spanning tree for each VLAN configured.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Defaults Command Modes Command History Related Commands PVST+ is disabled CONFIGURATION (conf-pvst) Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on S55 Version 7.6.1.0 Support added for S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Support added for C-Series pre-Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced on E-Series protocol spanning-tree pvst Enter PVST+ mode. description ces Syntax Enter a description of the PVST+ description {description} To remove the description, use the no description {description} command.
Example FTOS(conf-pvst)#do show spanning-tree pvst vlan 5 brief VLAN 5 Executing IEEE compatible Spanning Tree Protocol Root ID Priority 32773, Address 0001.e832.73f7 Root Bridge hello time 2, max age 20, forward delay 15 Bridge ID Priority 32773 (priority 32768 sys-id-ext 5), Address 0001.e832.73f7 We are the root of Vlan 5 Configured hello time 2, max age 20, forward delay 15 Related Commands Interface Name ---------Gi 0/10 Gi 0/12 PortID -------128.140 128.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Related Commands disable Disable PVST+. show spanning-tree pvst Display the PVST+ configuration. show spanning-tree pvst ces Syntax Parameters View the Per-VLAN Spanning Tree configuration. show spanning-tree pvst [vlan vlan-id] [brief] [Interface] vlan vlan-id (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vlan followed by the VLAN ID. Range: 1 to 4094 brief (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword brief to view a synopsis of the PVST+ configuration information.
Example 1 Figure 30-2. show spanning-tree pvst brief Command FTOS#show spanning-tree pvst vlan 3 brief VLAN 3 Executing IEEE compatible Spanning Tree Protocol Root ID Priority 4096, Address 0001.e801.6aa8 Root Bridge hello time 2, max age 20, forward delay 15 Bridge ID Priority 16384, Address 0001.e805.e306 Configured hello time 2, max age 20, forward delay 15 Example 2 Interface Name ---------Gi 1/0 Gi 1/1 Gi 1/16 Gi 1/17 PortID -------128.130 128.131 128.146 128.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Example 3 Figure 30-4.
Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information cost number (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword cost followed by the port cost value.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Related Commands show spanning-tree pvst View PVST+ configuration spanning-tree pvst err-disable ces Syntax Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information Place ports in an err-disabled state if they receive a PVST+ BPDU when they are members an untagged VLAN. spanning-tree pvst err-disable cause invalid-pvst-bpdu Enabled; ports are placed in err-disabled state if they receive a PVST+ BPDU when they are members of an untagged VLAN. INTERFACE Version 8.3.5.
vlan bridge-priority ces Syntax Set the PVST+ bridge-priority for a VLAN or a set of VLANs. vlan vlan-range bridge-priority value To return to the default value, enter no vlan bridge-priority command. Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Related Commands vlan vlan-range Enter the keyword vlan followed by the VLAN number(s). Range: 1 to 4094 bridge-priority value Enter the keyword bridge-priority followed by the bridge priority value in increments of 4096.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command Modes Command History Related Commands CONFIGURATION (conf-pvst) Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on S55 Version 7.6.1.0 Support added for S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Support added for C-Series Version 6.2.1.
vlan max-age ces Syntax Set the time interval for the PVST+ bridge to maintain configuration information before refreshing that information. vlan vlan-range max-age seconds To return to the default, use the no vlan max-age command. Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Related Commands vlan vlan-range Enter the keyword vlan followed by the VLAN number(s).
www.dell.com | support.dell.
31 Quality of Service (QoS) Overview FTOS commands for Quality of Service (QoS) include traffic conditioning and congestion control. QoS commands are not universally supported on all Dell Networking platforms. Support is indicated by the c, e and s characters under command headings.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Per-Port QoS Commands Per-port QoS (“port-based QoS”) allows users to defined QoS configuration on a per-physical-port basis. The commands include: • • • • • • • • dot1p-priority rate limit rate police rate shape service-class bandwidth-percentage service-class dynamic dot1p show interfaces rate strict-priority queue dot1p-priority ces Syntax Assign a value to the IEEE 802.1p bits on the traffic received by this interface.
Usage Information Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on C-Series pre-Version 6.1.1.1 Introduced on E-Series The dot1p-priority command changes the priority of incoming traffic on the interface. The system places traffic marked with a priority in the correct queue and processes that traffic according to its queue. When you set the priority for a Port Channel, the physical interfaces assigned to the Port Channel are configured with the same value.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com On one interface, you can configure the rate limit or rate police command for a VLAN or you can configure the rate limit or the rate police command for the interface. For each physical interface, you can configure six rate limit commands specifying different VLANS. If you receive the error message: %Error: Specified VLANs overlap with existing config.
Usage Information Note: Per Port rate limit and rate police is supported for Layer 2 tagged and untagged switched traffic and for Layer 3 traffic. Per VLAN rate limit and rate police is supported on only tagged ports with Layer 2 switched traffic. C-Series and S-Series On one interface, you can configure the rate police command for a VLAN or you can configure the rate police command for an interface. For each physical interface, you can configure three rate police commands specifying different VLANS.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Related Commands Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on S-Series and on C-Series pre-Version 6.1.1.1 Introduced on E-Series rate-shape Shape traffic output as part of the designated policy.
Table 31-1. dot1p Command Modes Default dot1p to Queue Mapping (continued) E-Series Queue ID C-Series Queue ID S-Series Queue ID 3 3 1 1 4 4 2 2 5 5 2 2 6 6 3 3 7 7 3 3 INTERFACE CONFIGURATION (C-Series and S-Series only) Command History Usage Information Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on S55 Version 8.2.1.0 Available globally on the C-Series and S-Series so that the configuration applies to all ports. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.5.1.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Parameters interface (OPTIONAL) Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • • • • Command Mode For a 100/1000 Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet followed by the slot/port information. For a 1-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet followed by the slot/port information. For a SONET interface, enter the keyword sonet followed by the slot/port information.
Table 31-2.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Table 31-3.
• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • match ip dscp match ip precedence match mac access-group match mac dot1p match mac vlan policy-aggregate policy-map-input policy-map-output qos-policy-input qos-policy-output queue backplane ignore-backpressure queue egress queue ingress rate-limit rate-police rate-shape service-policy input service-policy output service-queue set show cam layer2-qos show cam layer3-qos show qos class-map show qos policy-map show qos policy-map-input sho
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information Related Commands No default behavior or values CONFIGURATION (conf-qos-policy-out) Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on S55 Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced on E-Series The unit of bandwidth percentage is 1%. A bandwidth percentage of 0 is allowed and will disable the scheduling of that class.
class-map ces Syntax Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information Related Commands Create/access a class map. Class maps differentiate traffic so that you can apply separate quality of service policies to each class. class-map {match-all | match-any} class-map-name [layer2] match-all Determines how packets are evaluated when multiple match criteria exist.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com clear qos statistics ces Syntax Parameters Clears Matched Packets, Matched Bytes, and Dropped Packets. For TeraScale, clears Matched Packets, Matched Bytes, Queued Packets, Queued Bytes, and Dropped Packets. clear qos statistics interface-name. interface-name Enter one of the following keywords: • • Defaults Command Modes For a 1-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet followed by the slot/port information.
Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information Related Commands access-group-name Enter the ACL name whose contents are used as the match criteria in determining if packets belong to the class specified by class-map. set-ip-dscp value (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword set-ip-dscp followed by the IP DSCP value. The matched traffic will be marked with the DSCP value. Range: 0 to 63 No default behavior or values CLASS-MAP CONFIGURATION (config-class-map) Version 8.3.5.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com qos-policy-output Create an output QOS-policy on the router. wred-profile Create a WRED profile. match ip dscp ces Syntax Use a DSCP (Differentiated Services Code Point) value as a match criteria. match ip dscp dscp-list [[multicast] set-ip-dscp value] To remove a DSCP value as a match criteria, enter no match ip dscp dscp-list [[multicast] set-ip-dscp value] command.
match ip precedence ces Syntax Use IP precedence values as a match criteria. match ip precedence ip-precedence-list [[multicast] set-ip-dscp value] To remove IP precedence as a match criteria, enter no match ip precedence ip-precedence-list [[multicast] set-ip-dscp value] command. Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information ip-precedence-list Enter the IP precedence value(s) as the match criteria.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com match mac access-group ces Syntax Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information Related Commands Configure a match criterion for a class map, based on the contents of the designated MAC ACL. match mac access-group {mac-acl-name} mac-acl-name Enter a MAC ACL name. Its contents will be used as the match criteria in the class map. No default values or behavior CLASS-MAP Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on S55 Version 8.2.1.
match mac vlan ces Syntax Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information Related Commands Configure a match criterion for a class map based on VLAN ID. match mac vlan number number Enter the VLAN ID. Range: 1–4094 None CLASS-MAP Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on S55 Version 8.2.0.1 Introduced You must first enter the class-map command in order to access this command. You can match against only one VLAN ID. class-map Create/access a class map.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com 2. If aggregate input QoS policy and per class input QoS policy co-exist, then aggregate input QoS policy will preempt per class input QoS policy on input traffic conditioning (rate-police). In other words, if rate police configuration exists in aggregate QoS policy, the rate police configurations in per class QoS are ignored. Marking configurations in per class input QoS policy still apply to each queue.
Command History Usage Information Related Commands Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on S55 Version 8.2.1.0 Policy name character limit increased from 16 to 32. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on C-Series Version 7.4.1.0 Expanded to add support for Layer 2 pre-Version 6.1.1.1 Introduced on E-Series Input policy map is used to classify incoming traffic to different flows using class-map, QoS policy, or simply using incoming packets DSCP.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com qos-policy-input ces Syntax Create a QoS input policy on the router. qos-policy-input qos-policy-name [layer2] To remove an existing input QoS policy from the router, use no qos-policy-input qos-policy-name [layer2] command. Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information qos-policy-name Enter your input QoS policy name in character format (32 character maximum). layer2 (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword layer2 to specify a Layer 2 Class Map.
Command Modes Command History Usage Information CONFIGURATION Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on S55 Version 8.2.1.0 Policy name character limit increased from 16 to 32. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on C-Series and S-Series pre-Version 6.1.1.1 Introduced on E-Series Use this command to specify the name of the output QoS policy. Once output policy is specified, rate-limit, bandwidth-percentage, and WRED can be defined. This command enables the qos-policy-output configuration mode—(conf-qos-policy-out).
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Parameters Defaults Command Modes Enter the keyword linecard followed by the line card slot number. E-Series Range: 0 to 13 on a E1200, 0 to 6 on a E600/E600i, and 0 to 5 on a E300. port-set number Enter the keyword port-set followed by the line card’s port pipe. Range: 0 or 1 all Enter the keyword all to apply to all line cards. wred-profile name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword wred-profile followed by your WRED profile name in character format (16 character maximum).
queue ingress e Syntax Assign a WRED Curve to all eight ingress Multicast queues or designate the percentage for the Multicast bandwidth queue. queue ingress multicast {linecard slot number port-set number | all} [wred-profile name] To return to the default, use the no queue ingress multicast {linecard slot number port-set number | all} [wred-profile name] command.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com rate-limit e Specify the rate-limit functionality on outgoing traffic as part of the selected policy. Syntax rate-limit [kbps] committed-rate [burst-KB] [peak [kbps] peak-rate [burst-KB]] Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Related Commands kbps Enter this keyword to specify the rate limit in Kilobits per second (Kbps).
Defaults Command Modes Command History Related Commands burst-KB (OPTIONAL) Enter the burst size in KB. Range: 16 to 200000 KB Default: 50 KB peak peak-rate (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword peak followed by the peak rate in Mbps. Range: 0 to 10000 Mbps Default: Same as designated for committed-rate Burst size is 50 KB. peak-rate is by default the same as committed-rate. Granularity for committed-rate and peak-rate is Mbps unless the kbps option is used. QOS-POLICY-IN Version 8.3.5.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Usage Information Related Commands rate-shape can be applied only as an aggregate policy. If it is applied as a class-based policy, then rate-shape will not take effect. rate shape Shape the traffic output of the selected interface. qos-policy-output Create a QoS output policy. service-policy input ces Apply an input policy map to the selected interface.
service-policy output ces Syntax Apply an output policy map to the selected interface. service-policy output policy-map-name To remove the output policy map from the interface, use the no service-policy output policy-map-name command. Parameters Defaults policy-map-name Enter the name for the policy map in character format (16 characters maximum). You can identify an existing policy map or name one that does not yet exist.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command History Usage Information Related Commands Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on S55 Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on C-Series pre-Version 6.1.1.1 Introduced on E-Series There are eight (8) queues per interface on the E-Series and four (4) queues per interface on the C-Series and S-Series. This command assigns a class map or QoS policy to different queues. class-map Identify the class map.
show cam layer2-qos e Syntax Parameters Display the Layer 2 QoS CAM entries. show cam layer2-qos {[linecard number port-set number] | [interface interface]} [summary] linecard number Enter the keyword linecard followed by the line card slot number. E-Series Range: 0 to 13 on a E1200, 0 to 6 on a E600/E600i, and 0 to 5 on a E300. port-set number Enter the keyword port-set followed by the line card’s port pipe.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com show cam layer3-qos e Syntax Display the Layer 3 QoS CAM entries. show cam layer3-qos {[linecard number port-set number] | [interface interface]} [summary] Parameters linecard number Enter the keyword linecard followed by the line card slot number. E-Series Range: 0 to 13 on a E1200, 0 to 6 on a E600/E600i, and 0 to 5 on a E300. port-set number Enter the keyword port-set followed by the line card’s port pipe.
Example Figure 31-6. show cam layer3-qos linecard port-set Command Output FTOS#show cam layer3-qos linecard 13 port-set 0 Cam Port Dscp Proto Tcp Src Dst SrcIp DstIp DSCP Queue Index Flag Port Port Marking ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------24511 1 0 TCP 0x5 2 5 1.0.0.1/24 2.0.0.2/24 TRUST-DSCP 24512 1 0 UDP 0x2 2 5 8.0.0.8/24 8.0.0.8/24 23 3 FTOS# Example Figure 31-7.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Example Figure 31-9. show qos class-map Command Output FTOS#show qos class-map Class-map match-any CM Match ip access-group ACL Related Commands class-map Identify the class map show qos policy-map ces Syntax Parameters View the QoS policy map information.
Example 1 Figure 31-10. show qos policy-map detail (IPv4) Command Output FTOS#show qos policy-map detail gigabitethernet 0/0 Interface GigabitEthernet 4/1 Policy-map-input policy Trust diffserv Queue# Class-map-name 0 1 CM1 2 CM2 3 CM3 4 CM4 5 CM5 6 CM6 7 CM7 FTOS# Example 2 Figure 31-11.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command Modes EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History Example 1 Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on S55 Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on C-Series Version 7.4.1.0 E-Series Only: Added Trust IPv6 diffserv Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced on E-Series Figure 31-13.
Example Figure 31-15. show qos policy-map-output Command Output FTOS#show qos policy-map-output Policy-map-output PolicyMapOutput Aggregate Qos-policy-name AggPolicyOut Queue# Qos-policy-name 0 qosPolicyOutput FTOS# show qos qos-policy-input ces Syntax Parameters Defaults Command Modes View the input QoS policy details. show qos qos-policy-input [qos-policy-name] qos-policy-name Enter the QoS policy name. No default behavior or values EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History Example Version 8.3.5.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command History Example Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on S55 Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on C-Series and S-Series pre-Version 6.1.1.1 Introduced on E-Series Figure 31-17. show qos qos-policy-output Command Output FTOS#show qos qos-policy-output Qos-policy-output qosOut Rate-limit 50 50 peak 50 50 Wred yellow 1 Wred green 1 show qos statistics ces Syntax Parameters View QoS statistics.
Usage Information The show qos statistics command can be used on the C-Series, but the wred-profile keyword must be omitted in the syntax. The show qos statistics output differs from the ED and EE series line cards and the EF series line cards. The QoS statistics for the EF series generates two extra columns, Queued Pkts and Dropped Pkts, see Example 2. Note: The show qos statistics command displays Matched Packets and Matched Bytes.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Example 2 Figure 31-19. show qos statistics Command Output (EFSeries of E-Series) FTOS#show qos statistics gig 0/1 Queue# Queued Bytes (Cumulative) 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Queued Pkts (Cumulative) 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Matched Bytes Dropped Pkts 1883725 1883725 1883725 1883725 1883725 1883724 1883720 1883720 1883725000 1883725000 1883725000 1883725000 1883725000 1883724000 1883720000 1883720000 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 FTOS# Table 31-5.
Table 31-6. Related Commands show qos statistics wred-profile Command Example Fields (ED, EE, and EF Series) Field Description Queue # Queue Number Drop-statistic Drop statistics for green, yellow and out-of-profile packets WRED-name WRED profile name Dropped Pkts The number of packets dropped for green, yellow and out-of-profile clear qos statistics Clears counters as shown in show qos statistics show qos wred-profile e Syntax Parameters Defaults Command Modes View the WRED profile details.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com port-set portpipe number linecard all Defaults Command Modes (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords linecard all to indicate all line cards. No default values or behavior EXEC Command History Example Enter the keyword port-set followed by the line card’s port pipe number. Range: 0 or 1 Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on S55 Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on C-Series and S-Series Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on E-Series Figure 31-22.
Table 31-7. Usage Information test cam-usage Command Example Fields Field Description Estimated CAM per Port Indicates the number of free CAM entries required (for the classification rules) to apply the input policy map on a single interface. Note: The CAM entries for the default rule are not included in this column; a CAM entry for the default rule is always dedicated to a port and is always available for that interface.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Table 31-8. Related Commands Pre-defined WRED Profile Threshold Values Pre-defined WRED Profile Name Minimum Threshold Maximum Threshold wred_drop 0 0 wred_ge_y 1024 2048 wred_ge_g 2048 4096 wred_teng_y 4096 8192 wred_teng_g 8192 16384 wred-profile Create a WRED profile. trust ces Syntax Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information Specify dynamic classification (DSCP) or dot1p to trust.
Table 31-9.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com wred-profile e Syntax Create a WRED profile and name that profile. wred-profile wred-profile-name To remove an existing WRED profile, use the no wred-profile command. Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information wred-profile-name Enter your WRED profile name in character format (16 character maximum). Or use one of the pre-defined WRED profile names.
clear queue statistics egress e Syntax Parameters Clear egress queue statistics. clear queue statistics egress [unicast | multicast] [Interface] unicast | multicast (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword multicast to clear only Multicast queue statistics. Enter the keyword unicast to clear only Unicast queue statistics. Default: Both Unicast and Multicast queue statistics are cleared. Interface (OPTIONAL) Enter one of the following interfaces to display the interface specific queue statistics.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Parameters Defaults Command Modes unicast [src-card ID [dst-card ID]] (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword unicast to clear Unicast queue statistics. Optionally, enter the source card identification (src-card ID) and the destination card identification (dst-card ID) to clear the unicast statistics from the source card to the destination card. multicast [src-card ID] (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword multicast to clear only Multicast queue statistics.
Command History Usage Information Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced for E-Series TeraScale systems display cumulative queued bytes (in KB), cumulative queued packets (in KB), and cumulative dropped packets (in KB). The display area is limited to 80 spaces to accommodate the screen and for optimal readability. Numbers, that is values, are limited to 12 characters. The numbering conventions are detailed in the table below. Table 31-10.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Table 31-11. Example 2 show queue statistics egress Command Fields Field Description Egress Port Queue# Egress Port Queue Number Queued bytes Cumulative byte count in that queue Queued packets Cumulative packet count in that queue. Packet type Green, yellow, and out-of-profile packets Min KB Minimum threshold for WRED queue Max KB Maximum threshold for WRED queue Dropped Pkts The number of packets dropped for green, yellow and out-of-profile Figure 31-24.
Example 3 Figure 31-25. show queue statistics egress brief Command Output FTOS#show queue statistics egress brief LC 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 FTOS# Portpipe PortPipe 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 Table 31-13.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Parameters Defaults Command Modes unicast [src-card ID [dst-card ID]] (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword unicast to display Unicast queue statistics. Optionally, enter the source card identification (src-card ID) and the destination card identification (dst-card ID) to display the unicast statistics from the source card to the destination card.
Table 31-14. Numbering Conventions for show queue statistics ingress Output Value Divide the number by Quotient Display Examples (10^11) - (10^14) 1024 K 12345678901K (10^14) - (10^17) 1024*1024 M 12345678901M > (10^17) 1024*1024*1024 T 12345678901T Note: The show queue statistics command displays Queued Packets and Queued Bytes. The show qos statistics command displays Matched Packets and Matched Bytes. The following example explains how these two displays relate to each other.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Figure 31-26.
Table 31-15.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Example 2 Figure 31-27.
Table 31-16. Example 3 show queue statistics ingress Multicast Command Fields Field Description Max KB Maximum threshold for WRED queue Dropped Pkts The number of packets dropped for green, yellow and out-of-profile Figure 31-28.
| Quality of Service (QoS) www.dell.com | support.dell.
32 Router Information Protocol (RIP) Overview Router Information Protocol (RIP) is a Distance Vector routing protocol. FTOS supports both RIP version 1 (RIPv1) and RIP version 2 (RIPv2) on C-Series and E-Series and S-Series systems, as indicated by the characters that appear below each command heading: • • • C-Series: c E-Series: e S-Series: s Note: The C-Series platform supports RIP with FTOS version 7.6.1.0 and later. The S-Series platform supports RIP with FTOS version 7.8.1.0 and later. Prior to 7.6.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com • • • • • • • • • • • output-delay passive-interface redistribute redistribute isis redistribute ospf router rip show config show ip rip database show running-config rip timers basic version auto-summary ces Syntax Restore the default behavior of automatic summarization of subnet routes into network routes. This command applies only to RIP version 2. auto-summary To send sub-prefix routing information, enter no auto-summary. Default Enabled.
debug ip rip ces Syntax Examine RIP routing information for troubleshooting. debug ip rip [interface | database | events [interface] | packet [interface] | trigger] To turn off debugging output, use the no debug ip rip command. Parameters interface (OPTIONAL) Enter the interface type and ID as one of the following: • • • • • For a Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet followed by the slot/port information.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Defaults metric metric-value (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword metric followed by a number as the metric value. Range: 1 to 16 Default: 1 route-map map-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword route-map followed by the name of a configured route-map. Disabled. metric: 1 Command Modes ROUTER RIP Command History Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on S55 Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on C-Series pre-Version 6.2.1.
description ces Syntax Enter a description of the RIP routing protocol description {description} To remove the description, use the no description {description} command. Parameters Defaults description Enter a description to identify the RIP protocol (80 characters maximum). No default behavior or values Command Modes ROUTER RIP Command History Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on S55 Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on C-Series pre-7.7.1.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com distribute-list in ces Syntax Configure a filter for incoming routing updates. distribute-list prefix-list-name in [interface] To delete the filter, use the no distribute-list prefix-list-name in command. Parameters prefix-list-name Enter the name of a configured prefix list.
Parameters prefix-list-name Enter the name of a configured prefix list. interface (OPTIONAL) Identifies the interface type slot/port as one of the following: • • • • • For a 1-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet followed by the slot/port information. For a Port Channel, enter the keyword port-channel followed by a number from 1 to 32 for EtherScale, 1 to 255 for TeraScale, 1-128 on C-Series and S-Series.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Related Commands ip split-horizon Set RIP routing updates to exclude routing prefixes. ip rip receive version ces Syntax Set the interface to receive specific versions of RIP. The RIP version you set on the interface overrides the version command in the ROUTER RIP mode. ip rip receive version [1] [2] To return to the default, enter no ip rip receive version.
Command History Usage Information Related Commands Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on S55 Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on C-Series pre-Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced on E-Series To enable the interface to send both version of RIP packets, enter ip rip send version 1 2. ip rip receive version Sets the RIP version for the interface to receive traffic. version Sets the RIP version to be used for the switch software.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command History Usage Information Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on S55 Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on C-Series pre-Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced on E-Series RIP supports a maximum of 16 ECMP paths. neighbor ces Syntax Define a neighbor router with which to exchange RIP information. neighbor ip-address To delete a neighbor setting, use the no neighbor ip-address command.
Command Modes ROUTER RIP Command History Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on S55 Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on C-Series pre-Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced on E-Series Usage Information You can enable an unlimited number of RIP networks. RIP operates over interfaces configured with any address specified by the network command. offset-list ces Syntax Specify a number to add to the incoming or outgoing route metrics learned via RIP.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com output-delay ces Syntax Set the interpacket delay of successive packets to the same neighbor. output-delay delay To return to the switch software defaults for interpacket delay, enter no output-delay. Parameters Default delay Specify a number of milliseconds as the delay interval. Range: 8 to 50. Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER RIP Command History Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on S55 Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.6.1.
Usage Information Related Commands Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on C-Series pre-Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced on E-Series Although the passive interface will neither send nor receive routing updates, the network on that interface will still be included in RIP updates sent via other interfaces. neighbor Enable RIP for a specified network. network Define a neighbor. redistribute ces Syntax Redistribute information from other routing instances.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information tag (OPTIONAL) Enter the name of the IS-IS routing process. level-1 (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword level-1 to redistribute only IS-IS Level-1 routes. level-1-2 (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword level-1-2 to redistribute both IS-IS Level-1 and Level-2 routes. level-2 (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword level-2 to redistribute only IS-IS Level-2 routes.
Command History Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on S55 Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on C-Series pre-Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced on E-Series router rip ces Syntax Enter the ROUTER RIP mode to configure and enable RIP. router rip To disable RIP, enter no router rip. Defaults Command Modes Disabled. CONFIGURATION Command History Usage Information Example Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on S55 Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.6.1.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Example Figure 32-2. show config Command Example in ROUTER RIP Mode FTOS(conf-router_rip)#show config ! router rip network 172.31.0.0 passive-interface GigabitEthernet 0/1 FTOS(conf-router_rip)# show ip rip database ces Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History Example Display the routes learned by RIP. If the switch learned no RIP routes, no output is generated.
Table 32-1. Fields in show ip rip database Command Output Field Description Total number of routes in RIP database Displays the number of RIP routes stored in the RIP database. 100.10.10.0/24 directly connected Lists the route(s) directly connected. 150.100.0.0 redistributed Lists the routes learned through redistribution. 209.9.16.0/24... Lists the routes and the sources advertising those routes.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Parameters Defaults update Enter the number of seconds to specify the rate at which RIP routing updates are sent. Range: zero (0) to 4294967295. Default: 30 seconds. invalid Enter the number of seconds to specify the time interval before routing updates are declared invalid or expired. The invalid value should be at least three times the update timer value. Range: zero (0) to 4294967295. Default: 180 seconds.
Related Commands Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on C-Series pre-Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced on E-Series ip rip receive version Set the RIP version to be received on the interface. ip rip send version Set the RIP version to be sent out the interface.
www.dell.com | support.dell.
33 Remote Monitoring (RMON) Overview FTOS RMON is implemented on all Dell Networking switching platforms (C-Series, E-Series, and S-Series), as indicated by the characters that appear below each command heading: • • • C-Series: c E-Series: e S-Series: s FTOS RMON is based on IEEE standards, providing both 32-bit and 64-bit monitoring, and long-term statistics collection.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com • • • • • • • • rmon hc-alarm show rmon show rmon alarms show rmon events show rmon hc-alarm show rmon history show rmon log show rmon statistics rmon alarm ces Syntax Set an alarm on any MIB object. rmon alarm number variable interval {delta | absolute} rising-threshold value event-number falling-threshold value event-number [owner string] To disable the alarm, use the no rmon alarm number command.
Version 7.5.1.0 Support added for C-Series Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced for E-Series rmon collection history ces Syntax Enable the RMON MIB history group of statistics collection on an interface. rmon collection history {controlEntry integer} [owner name] [buckets number] [interval seconds] To remove a specified RMON history group of statistics collection, use the no rmon collection history {controlEntry integer} command.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History controlEntry integer Enter the keyword controlEntry to specify the RMON group of statistics using a value. Then enter an integer value from 1 to 65535 that identifies the RMON Statistic Table. The integer value must be a unique in the RMON Statistic Table. owner name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword owner followed by the owner name to record the owner of the RMON group of statistics.
rmon hc-alarm ces Syntax Set an alarm on any MIB object. rmon hc-alarm number variable interval {delta | absolute} rising-threshold value event-number falling-threshold value event-number [owner string] To disable the alarm, use the no rmon hc-alarm number command. Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History number Enter the alarm integer number from 1 to 65535. The value must be unique in the RMON Alarm Table. variable The MIB object to monitor.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command Modes Command History Example EXEC Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on S55 Version 7.6.1.0 Support added for S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Support added for C-Series Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced for E-Series Figure 33-1. show rmon Command Example FTOS# show rmon RMON status total memory used 218840 bytes.
Example 2 Figure 33-3. show rmon alarms brief Command Example FTOS#show rmon alarm br index SNMP OID -------------------------------------------------------------------1 1.3.6.1.2.1.1.3 2 1.3.6.1.2.1.1.3 3 1.3.6.1.2.1.1.3 4 1.3.6.1.2.1.1.3 5 1.3.6.1.2.1.1.3 6 1.3.6.1.2.1.1.3 7 1.3.6.1.2.1.1.3 8 1.3.6.1.2.1.1.3 9 1.3.6.1.2.1.1.3 10 1.3.6.1.2.1.1.3 11 1.3.6.1.2.1.1.3 12 1.3.6.1.2.1.1.3 13 1.3.6.1.2.1.1.3 14 1.3.6.1.2.1.1.3 15 1.3.6.1.2.1.1.3 16 1.3.6.1.2.1.1.3 17 1.3.6.1.2.1.1.3 18 1.3.6.1.2.1.1.3 19 1.3.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Example 2 Figure 33-5. show rmon event brief Command Example FTOS#show rmon event br index description -------------------------------------------------------------------1 1 2 2 3 3 4 4 5 5 6 6 7 7 8 8 9 9 10 10 11 11 12 12 13 13 14 14 15 15 16 16 17 17 18 18 19 19 20 20 21 21 22 22 FTOS# show rmon hc-alarm ces Syntax Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Example 1 Display the contents of RMON High-Capacity Alarm Table.
Example 2 Figure 33-7. show rmon hc-alarm index Command Example FTOS#show rmon hc-alarm 1 RMON high-capacity alarm entry 1 object: 1.3.6.1.2.1.1.3 sample interval: 5 sample type: absolute value. value: 185638 alarm type: rising or falling alarm. alarm rising threshold value: positive. rising threshold: 1001, RMON event index: 1 alarm falling threshold value: positive. falling threshold: 999, RMON event index: 6 alarm sampling failed 0 times. alarm owner: 1 alarm storage type: non-volatile.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Example 2 Figure 33-9.
show rmon statistics ces Syntax Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Example 1 Display the contents of RMON Ethernet Statistics table. show rmon statistics [index] [brief] index (OPTIONAL) Enter the index number to display just that entry. brief (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword brief to display the RMON Ethernet Statistics table in an easy-to-read format. No default behavior EXEC Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on S55 Version 7.6.1.0 Support added for S-Series Version 7.5.1.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Example 2 898 Figure 33-13.
34 Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol (RSTP) Overview The FTOS implementation of RSTP (Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol) is based on the IEEE 802.1w standard spanning-tree protocol. The RSTP algorithm configures connectivity throughout a bridged LAN that is comprised of LANs interconnected by bridges.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Related Commands priority-value Enter a number as the bridge priority value in increments of 4096. Range: 0 to 61440. Default: 32768 32768 CONFIGURATION RSTP (conf-rstp) Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on S55 Version 7.6.1.0 Support added for S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Support added for C-Series Version 6.2.1.
Example Version 7.5.1.0 Support added for C-Series Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced for E-Series Figure 34-1. debug spanning-tree rstp bpdu Command Example FTOS#debug spanning-tree rstp bpdu gigabitethernet 2/0 ? in Receive (in) out Transmit (out) description ces Syntax Enter a description of the Rapid Spanning Tree description {description} To remove the description, use the no description {description} command.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com forward-delay ces Syntax Configure the amount of time the interface waits in the Listening State and the Learning State before transitioning to the Forwarding State. forward-delay seconds To return to the default setting, enter no forward-delay. Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Related Commands seconds Enter the number of seconds that FTOS waits before transitioning RSTP to the forwarding state.
Usage Information Version 7.5.1.0 Support added for C-Series Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced for E-Series The hello time is encoded in BPDUs in increments of 1/256ths of a second. The standard minimum hello time in seconds is 1 second, which is encoded as 256. Millisecond hello times are encoded using values less than 256; the millisecond hello time equals (x/1000)*256.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command Modes CONFIGURATION RSTP (conf-rstp) Command History Example Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on S55 Version 7.6.1.0 Support added for S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Support added for C-Series Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced for E-Series Figure 34-2. protocol spanning-tree rstp Command FTOS(conf)#protocol spanning-tree rstp FTOS(config-rstp)##no disable Usage Information RSTP is not enabled when you enter the RSTP mode.
Command Modes EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History Example 1 Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on S55 Version 7.6.1.0 Support added for S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Support added for C-Series Version 6.4.1.0 Expanded to display port error disable state (EDS) caused by loopback BPDU inconsistency Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced for E-Series Figure 34-4. show spanning-tree rstp brief Command FTOS#show spanning-tree rstp brief Executing IEEE compatible Spanning Tree Protocol Root ID Priority 8192, Address 0001.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Example 2 Figure 34-5. show spanning-tree rstp with EDS and LBK FTOS#show spanning-tree rstp br Executing IEEE compatible Spanning Tree Protocol Root ID Priority 32768, Address 0001.e801.6aa8 Root Bridge hello time 2, max age 20, forward delay 15 Bridge ID Priority 32768, Address 0001.e801.
Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information cost Port cost (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword cost followed by the port cost value.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Example Figure 34-6. spanning-tree rstp edge-port Command FTOS(conf)#interface gigabitethernet 4/0 FTOS(conf-if-gi-4/0)#spanning-tree rstp edge-port FTOS(conf-if-gi-4/0)#show config ! interface GigabitEthernet 4/0 no ip address switchport spanning-tree rstp edge-port no shutdown FTOS# tc-flush-standard ces Syntax Enable the MAC address flushing upon receiving every topology change notification. tc-flush-standard To disable, use the no tc-flush-standard command.
35 Security Overview Except for the Trace List feature (E-Series only), most of the commands in this chapter are available on all three Dell Networking platforms — C-Series, E-Series, and S-Series (the S-Series models that run FTOS), as noted by the following icons that appear under each command icon: c e s Commands This chapter contains various types of security commands in FTOS, in the following sections: • • • • • • • • AAA Accounting Commands Authorization and Privilege Commands Authentication and Pas
www.dell.com | support.dell.com aaa accounting ces Syntax Enable AAA Accounting and create a record for monitoring the accounting function. aaa accounting {system | exec | commands level} {name | default}{start-stop | wait-start | stop-only} {tacacs+} To disable AAA Accounting, use the no aaa accounting {system | exec | command level} {name | default}{start-stop | wait-start | stop-only} {tacacs+} command.
password Create a password. tacacs-server host Specify a TACACS+ server host. aaa accounting suppress ces Syntax Prevent the generation of accounting records of users with user name value of NULL. aaa accounting suppress null-username To permit accounting records to users with user name value of NULL, use the no aaa accounting suppress null-username command Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information Accounting records are recorded for all users. CONFIGURATION Version 8.3.5.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Usage Information Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced for C-Series Version 6.3.1.0 Introduced on E-Series aaa accounting Enable AAA Accounting and create a record for monitoring the accounting function. show accounting ces Syntax Defaults Command Modes Display the active accounting sessions for each online user. show accounting No default configuration or behavior EXEC Command History Example Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on S55 Version 7.6.1.
Parameters exec Enter this keyword to apply an EXEC level authorization method list. commands level Enter this keyword to apply an EXEC and CONFIGURATION level authorization method list. method-list Enter a method list that you defined using the command aaa authorization exec or aaa authorization commands. Defaults None Command Modes LINE Command History Usage Information Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on S55 Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced for S-Series Version 7.5.1.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com aaa authorization config-commands e Syntax Set parameters that restrict (or permit) a user’s access to EXEC level commands. aaa authorization config-commands Disable authorization checking for CONFIGURATION level commands using the command no aaa authorization config-commands. Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information Enabled when you configure aaa authorization commands CONFIGURATION Version 7.5.1.
ces Syntax Change the access or privilege level of one or more commands. privilege mode {level level command | reset command} To delete access to a level and command, use the no privilege mode level level command command.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command History Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on S55 Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced for S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced for C-Series pre-Version 6.1.1.
method Enter one of the following methods: • enable - use the password defined by the enable password command in the CONFIGURATION mode. • line - use the password defined by the password command in the LINE mode. • • none - no authentication. radius - use the RADIUS server(s) configured with the radius-server host command. • tacacs+ - use the TACACS+ server(s) configured with the tacacs-server host command. ...
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Parameters method-list-name Enter a text string (up to 16 characters long) as the name of a user-configured method list that can be applied to different lines. default Enter the keyword default to specify that the method list specified is the default method for all terminal lines.
Related Commands login authentication Apply an authentication method list to designated terminal lines. password Create a password. radius-server host Specify a RADIUS server host. tacacs-server host Specify a TACACS+ server host. access-class ces Syntax Restrict incoming connections to a particular IP address in a defined IP access control list (ACL). access-class access-list-name To delete a setting, use the no access-class command.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Defaults Command Modes (OPTIONAL) Enter the number 7 or 0 as the encryption type. Enter a 7 followed by a text string as the hidden password. The text string must be a password that was already encrypted by a Force10 Networks router. Use this parameter only with a password that you copied from the show running-config file of another Force10 Networks router. password Enter a text string, up to 32 characters long, as the clear text password. No password is configured.
Command Modes Not configured. Command History Usage Information Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on S55 Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced for S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced for C-Series pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced for E-Series Only Force10 Networks Technical Support staff use this command. enable secret ces Syntax Change the password for the enable command.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Related Commands show running-config View the current configuration. privilege level (CONFIGURATION mode) Control access to command modes within the E-Series. login authentication ces Syntax Apply an authentication method list to designated terminal lines. login authentication {method-list-name | default} To use the local user/password database for login authentication, enter no login authentication.
Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information Related Commands No password is configured. LINE Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on S55 Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced for S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced for C-Series pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced for E-Series FTOS prompts users for these passwords when the method for authentication or authorization used is “line”. enable password Set the password for the enable command.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Defaults Command Modes Command History Related Commands numeric number (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword numeric followed the numeric number. Range: 0 - 31 special-char number (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword special-char followed the number of special characters permitted. Range: 0 - 31 No default values or behavior CONFIGURATION Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on S55 Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced for S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced for C-Series Version 7.4.1.
show privilege ces Syntax Command Modes View your access level. show privilege EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History Example Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on S55 Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced for S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced for C-Series pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced for E-Series Figure 35-3. show privilege Command Output FTOS#show privilege Current privilege level is 15 FTOS# Related Commands privilege level (CONFIGURATION mode) Assign access control to different command modes.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Table 1 describes the information in the show users command example. Table 1 show users Command Example Fields Related Commands Field Description (untitled) Indicates with a * which terminal line you are using. Line Displays the terminal lines currently in use. User Displays the user name of all users logged in. Host(s) Displays the terminal line status. Location Displays the IP address of the user. username Enable a user.
username ces Syntax Establish an authentication system based on user names. username name [access-class access-list-name] [nopassword | {password | secret} [encryption-type] password] [privilege level] If you do not want a specific user to enter a password, use the nopassword option. To delete authentication for a user, use the no username name command. Parameters name Enter a text string for the name of the user up to 63 characters.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Related Commands password Specify a password for users on terminal lines. show running-config View the current configuration. RADIUS Commands The RADIUS commands supported by FTOS. are: • • • • • • • debug radius ip radius source-interface radius-server deadtime radius-server host radius-server key radius-server retransmit radius-server timeout debug radius ces Syntax View RADIUS transactions to assist with troubleshooting.
Parameters interface Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • • • • • • • • Defaults Command Mode Command History For an 100/1000 Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet followed by the slot/port information. For a Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet followed by the slot/port information. For Loopback interfaces, enter the keyword loopback followed by a number from zero (0) to 16838. For the Null interface, enter the keywords null 0.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com radius-server host ces Syntax Configure a RADIUS server host. radius-server host {hostname | ip-address} [auth-port port-number] [retransmit retries] [timeout seconds] [key [encryption-type] key] To delete a RADIUS server host or return to the default values, use the no radius-server host {hostname | ip-address} [auth-port] [retransmit] [timeout] command. Parameters hostname Enter the name of the RADIUS server host.
The global default values for timeout, retransmit, and key optional parameters are applied, unless those values are specified in the radius-server host or other commands. If you configure timeout, retransmit, or key values, you must include those keywords when entering the no radius-server host command syntax to return to the global default values. Related Commands login authentication Set the database to be checked when a user logs in.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com radius-server retransmit ces Syntax Configure the number of times the switch attempts to connect with the configured RADIUS host server before declaring the RADIUS host server unreachable. radius-server retransmit retries To configure zero retransmit attempts, enter no radius-server retransmit. To return to the default setting, enter radius-server retransmit 3.
Related Commands radius-server host Configure a RADIUS host. TACACS+ Commands FTOS supports TACACS+ as an alternate method for login authentication. • • • • debug tacacs+ ip tacacs source-interface tacacs-server host tacacs-server key debug tacacs+ ces Syntax View TACACS+ transactions to assist with troubleshooting. debug tacacs+ To disable debugging of TACACS+, enter no debug tacacs+. Defaults Command Modes Command History Disabled. EXEC Privilege Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on S55 Version 7.6.1.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Parameters interface Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • • • • • • • • Defaults Command Mode Command History For an 100/1000 Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet followed by the slot/port information. For a Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet followed by the slot/port information. For Loopback interfaces, enter the keyword loopback followed by a number from zero (0) to 16838.
Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information timeout seconds (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword timeout followed by the number of seconds the switch waits for a reply from the TACACS+ server. Range: 0 to 1000 Default: 10 seconds key key (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword key followed by a string up to 42 characters long as the authentication key. This authentication key must match the key specified in the tacacs-server key for the TACACS+ daemon.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command History Usage Information Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on S55 Version 7.7.1.0 Authentication key length increased to 42 characters Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced for S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced for C-Series pre-Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced on E-Series The key configured with this command must match the key configured on the TACACS+ daemon. Port Authentication (802.1X) Commands The 802.
• • • • • • If 802.1X authorization is enabled and all information from the RADIUS server is valid, the port is placed in the specified VLAN after authentication. If port security is enabled on an 802.1X port with VLAN assignment, the port is placed in the RADIUS server assigned VLAN. If 802.1X is disabled on the port, it is returned to the configured access VLAN. When the port is in the force authorized, force unauthorized, or shutdown state, it is placed in the configured access VLAN. If an 802.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Related Commands dot1x authentication (Configuration) Enable dot1x globally dot1x auth-fail-vlan ces Syntax Configure a authentication failure VLAN for users and devices that fail 802.1X authentication. dot1x auth-fail-vlan vlan-id [max-attempts number] To delete the authentication failure VLAN, use the no dot1x auth-fail-vlan vlan-id [max-attempts number] command. Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information vlan-id Enter the VLAN Identifier.
Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on C-Series and S-Series Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on E-Series dot1x guest-vlan ces Syntax Configure a guest VLAN for limited access users or for devices that are not 802.1X capable. dot1x guest-vlan vlan-id To disable the guest VLAN, use the no dot1x guest-vlan vlan-id command. Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information vlan-id Enter the VLAN Identifier. Range: 1 to 4094 Not configured CONFIGURATION (conf-if-interface-slot/port) Version 8.3.5.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Related Commands number Enter the number of times an EAP request is transmitted before a session time-out. Range: 1 to 10 Default: 2 2 INTERFACE Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on S55 Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on C-Series and S-Series Version 7.4.1.
Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History seconds Enter the number of seconds. Range: 1 to 65535 Default: 30 30 seconds INTERFACE Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on S55 Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on C-Series and S-Series Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on E-Series dot1x reauthentication ces Syntax Enable periodic re-authentication of the client. dot1x reauthentication [interval seconds] To disable periodic re-authentication, use the no dot1x reauthentication command.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Defaults Command Modes Command History 2 INTERFACE Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on C-Series and S-Series Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on E-Series dot1x server-timeout ces Syntax Configure the amount of time after which exchanges with the server time out. dot1x server-timeout seconds To return to the default, use the no dot1x server-timeout command. Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History seconds Enter a time-out value in seconds.
dot1x tx-period ces Syntax Configure the intervals at which EAPOL PDUs are transmitted by the Authenticator PAE. dot1x tx-period seconds To return to the default, use the no dot1x tx-period command. Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History seconds Enter the interval time, in seconds, that EAPOL PDUs are transmitted. Range: 1 to 31536000 (1 year) Default: 30 30 seconds INTERFACE Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on S55 Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on C-Series and S-Series Version 7.4.1.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Example Figure 35-5. show dot1x interface command Example FTOS#show dot1x int Gi 2/32 802.
crypto key generate ces Syntax Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Example Generate keys for the SSH server. crypto key generate {rsa | rsa1} rsa Enter the keyword rsa followed by the key size to generate a SSHv2 RSA host keys. Range: 1024 to 2048 Default: 1024 rsa1 Enter the keyword rsa1 followed by the key size to generate a SSHv1 RSA host keys. Range: 1024 to 2048 Default: 1024 Key size 1024 CONFIGURATION Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on S55 Version 7.6.1.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com debug ip ssh ces Syntax Enables collecting SSH debug information. debug ip ssh {client | server} To disable debugging, use the no debug ip ssh {client | server} command. Parameters Defaults Command Modes Enter the keyword client to enable collecting debug information on the client. server Enter the keyword server to enable collecting debug information on the server. Disabled on both client and server EXEC Command History Usage Information client Version 8.3.5.
ip ssh authentication-retries ces Syntax Configure the maximum number of attempts that should be used to authenticate a user. ip ssh authentication-retries 1-10 Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information 1-10 Enter the number of maximum retries to authenticate a user. Range: 1 to 10 Default: 3 3 CONFIGURATION Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on S55 Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced for S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced for C-Series pre-Version 6.1.1.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com ip ssh hostbased-authentication ces Syntax Enable hostbased-authentication for the SSHv2 server. ip ssh hostbased-authentication enable To disable hostbased-authentication for SSHv2 server, use the no ip ssh hostbased-authentication enable command. Parameters Defaults Command Modes enable Disable by default CONFIGURATION Command History Usage Information Enter the keyword enable to enable hostbased-authentication for SSHv2 server. Version 8.3.5.
Usage Information Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced for C-Series pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced for E-Series The server-generated key is used for SSHv1 key-exchange. ip ssh password-authentication ces Syntax Enable password authentication for the SSH server. ip ssh password-authentication enable To disable password-authentication, use the no ip ssh password-authentication enable.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Example Figure 35-7. ip ssh pub-key-file Command Example FTOS#conf FTOS(conf)# ip ssh pub-key-file flash://knownhosts FTOS(conf)# Usage Information This command specifies the file to be used for the host-based authentication. The file creates/ overwrites the file flash://ADMIN_DIR/ssh/knownhosts and deletes the user specified file.
This file contains hostnames and usernames, for which hosts and users, rhost-authentication can be allowed. Note: For rhostfile and pub-key-file, the administrator must FTP the file to the switch. ip ssh rsa-authentication (Config) ces Syntax Enable RSA authentication for the SSHv2 server. ip ssh rsa-authentication enable To disable RSA authentication, use the no ip ssh rsa-authentication enable command.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Usage Information Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced for C-Series pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced for E-Series If you want to log in without being prompted for a password, log in through RSA authentication. To do that, you must first add the SSHv2 RSA public keys to the list of authorized keys. This command adds the specified RSA keys to the following file: flash://ADMIN_DIR/ssh/authorized-keys-username (where username is the user associated with this terminal).
Related Commands show ip ssh Display the ssh information show crypto ces Syntax Display the public part of the SSH host-keys. show crypto key mypubkey {rsa | rsa1} Parameters Defaults Command Modes Enter the keyword key to display the host public key. mypubkey Enter the keyword mypubkey to display the host public key. rsa Enter the keyword rsa to display the host SSHv2 RSA public key. rsa1 Enter the keyword rsa1 to display the host SSHv1 RSA public key.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command Modes EXEC EXEC Privilege Example Figure 35-11. show ip ssh Command Example FTOS#show ip ssh SSH server : SSH server version : Password Authentication : Hostbased Authentication : RSA Authentication Vty Encryption 0 3DES 1 3DES 2 3DES FTOS# FTOS Related Commands enabled. v1 and v2. enabled. disabled. : disabled. Remote IP 172.16.1.162 172.16.1.162 172.16.1.162 ip ssh server Configure an SSH server.
show ip ssh rsa-authentication ces Syntax Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Example Display the authorized-keys for the RSA authentication. show ip ssh rsa-authentication {my-authorized-keys} my-authorized-keys Display the RSA authorized keys. No default behavior or values EXEC Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on S55 Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced for S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced for C-Series pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced for E-Series Figure 35-13.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Defaults Command Modes (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword -p followed by the port number. Range: 1 to 65536 Default: 22 -v {1 | 2} (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword -v followed by the SSH version 1 or 2. Default: The version from the protocol negotiation As above. EXEC Privilege Command History Example -p port-number Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on S55 Version 7.9.1.0 Introduced VRF Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced for S-Series Version 7.5.1.
Command History Related Commands Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on S55 Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on C-Series and S-Series show ip dhcp snooping Display the contents of the DHCP binding table. ip dhcp relay cs Enable Option 82. Syntax ip dhcp relay information-option [trust-downstream] Parameters Command Modes Default Command History trust-downstream Configure the system to trust Option 82 when it is received from the previous-hop router. CONFIGURATION Disabled Version 8.3.5.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Parameters Command Modes Default Command History minutes Range: 5-21600 CONFIGURATION None Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on S55 Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on C-Series and S-Series ip dhcp snooping binding cs Create a static entry in the DHCP binding table.
ip dhcp snooping database renew cs Renew the binding table. Syntax ip dhcp snooping database renew Command Modes EXEC EXEC Privilege Default Command History None Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on S55 Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on C-Series and S-Series ip dhcp snooping trust cs Configure an interface as trusted. Syntax [no] ip dhcp snooping trust Command Modes Default Command History INTERFACE Untrusted Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on S55 Version 7.8.1.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Parameters Command Modes Default Command History Usage Information Related Commands name Enter the name of a VLAN on which to enable DHCP Snooping. CONFIGURATION Disabled Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on S55 Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on C-Series and S-Series When enabled the system begins creating entries in the binding table for the specified VLAN(s). Note that learning only happens if there is a trusted port in the VLAN.
36 Service Provider Bridging Overview Service Provider Bridging is composed of VLAN Stacking, Layer 2 Protocol Tunneling, and Provider Backbone Bridging as described in the FTOS Configuration Guide Service Provider Bridging chapter. This chapter includes CLI information for FTOS Layer 2 Protocol Tunneling (L2PT). L2PT enables protocols to tunnel through an 802.1q tunnel. L2PT is available in FTOS for the C-Series c, E-Series e, and S-Series s. L2PT is supported on E-Series ExaScale ex with FTOS 8.2.1.0.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com debug protocol-tunnel ces Syntax Enable debugging to ensure incoming packets are received and rewritten to a new MAC address. debug protocol-tunnel interface {in | out | both} [vlan vlan-id] [count value] To disable debugging, use the no debug protocol-tunnel interface {in | out | both} [vlan vlan-id] [count value] command.
Command History Example Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on S55 Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series, E-Series and E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced Figure 36-1. Protocol-tunneling Command Example FTOS#conf FTOS(conf)#interface vlan 2 FTOS(conf-if-vl-2)#vlan-stack compatible FTOS(conf-if-vl-2)#member Gi1/2-3 FTOS(conf-if-vl-2)#protocol-tunnel stp FTOS(conf-if-vl-2)# Usage Information Related Commands Note: When VLAN-Stacking is enabled, no protocol packets are tunneled.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command Modes Command History Usage Information CONFIGURATION Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on S55 Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced FTOS must have the default CAM profile with the default microcode before you enable L2PT. protocol-tunnel rate-limit ces Syntax Enable traffic rate limiting per box. protocol-tunnel rate-limit rate To reset the rate limit to the default, use the no protocol-tunnel rate-limit rate command.
Defaults Command Modes Command History Example No default values or behavior EXEC Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on S55 Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series, E-Series and E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced Figure 36-3. show protocol-tunnel Command Example FTOS#show protocol-tunnel System Rate-Limit: 1000 Frames/second Interface Vlan Protocol(s) Gi1/2 2 STP, PVST Gi1/3 3 STP, PVST Po35 4 STP, PVST FTOS# Example Figure 36-4.
| Service Provider Bridging www.dell.com | support.dell.
37 sFlow Overview sFlow commands are supported on these platforms: c e s. FTOS sFlow monitoring system includes an sFlow Agent and an sFlow Collector. The sFlow Agent combines the flow samples and interface counters into sFlow datagrams and forwards them to the sFlow Collector. The sFlow Collector analyses the sFlow Datagrams received from the different devices and produces a network-wide view of traffic flows.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Commands The sFlow commands are: • • • • • • • • • • • • sflow collector sflow enable (Global) sflow enable (Interface) sflow extended-gateway enable sflow extended-router enable sflow extended-switch enable sflow polling-interval (Global) sflow polling-interval (Interface) sflow sample-rate (Global) sflow sample-rate (Interface) show sflow show sflow linecard sflow collector ces Syntax Specify a collector(s) to which sFlow datagrams are forwarded.
Usage Information Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on C-Series Version 6.5.1.0 Expanded the no form of the command to mirror the syntax used to configure Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced on E-Series You can specify up to 2 sFlow collectors. If 2 collectors are specified, the samples are sent to both. As part of the sFlow-MIB, if the SNMP request originates from a configured collector, FTOS will return the corresponding configured agent IP in MIB requests.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information sFlow is disabled by default on all interfaces INTERFACE Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on S55 Version 8.2.1.0 Introduces on S-Series Stacking Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on C-Series Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced on E-Series When sFlow is enable on an interface, flow sampling is done on any traffic going out of the interface.
Example Figure 37-1. show sflow Command Output FTOS#show sflow sFlow services are enabled Global default sampling rate: 64 Global default counter polling interval: 1000 Global extended information enabled: gateway, router, switch 1 collectors configured Collector IP addr: 20.20.20.2, Agent IP addr: 10.11.201.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information Related Commands enable Enter the keyword enable to enable global extended information. Disabled CONFIGURATION Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on S55 Version 8.2.1.0 Introduces on S-Series Stacking Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on C-Series Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on E-Series FTOS 7.8.1.
Usage Information Related Commands The polling interval for an interface is the maximum number of seconds between successive samples of counters to be sent to the collector. This command changes the global default counter polling (20 seconds) interval. You can configure an interface to use a different polling interval.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information Related Commands 32768 CONFIGURATION Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on S55 Version 8.2.1.0 Introduces on S-Series Stacking Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on C-Series Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced on E-Series Sample-rate is the average number of packets skipped before the sample is taken.
Usage Information Related Commands This command changes the sampling rate for an Interface. By default, the sampling rate of an interface is set to the same value as the current global default sampling rate. If the value entered is not a correct power of 2, the command generates an error message with the previous and next power-of-2 value. Select one of these two number and re-enter the command. sflow sample-rate (Global) Change the sampling rate globally.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Usage Information The dropEvent counter (sFlow samples dropped due to sub-sampling) shown in the figure above will always display a value of zero. show sflow linecard ces Syntax Parameters Command Modes Display the sFlow information on a line card. show sflow linecard {slot number} slot number (OPTIONAL) Enter a slot number to view information on the line card in that slot. Range: 0 to 13 on a E1200, 0 to 6 on a E600/E600i, and 0 to 5 on a E300.
38 SNMP and Syslog Overview This chapter contains commands to configure and monitor SNMP v1/v2/v3 and Syslog.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Important Points to Remember • • • • • • Typically, 5-second timeout and 3-second retry values on an SNMP server are sufficient for both LAN and WAN applications.
show snmp engineID ces Syntax Command Modes Display the identification of the local SNMP engine and all remote engines that are configured on the router. show snmp engineID EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on S55 Version 7.6.1.0 Support added for S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Support added for C-Series E-Series legacy command Example Figure 38-2.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Example Figure 38-3. show snmp group Command Example FTOS#show snmp group groupname: ngroup readview : nview notifyview: nview row status: active security model: v3 auth writeview: no write view specified FTOS# Related Commands snmp-server group Configure an SNMP server group show snmp user ces Syntax Command Modes Display the information configured on each SNMP user name. show snmp user EXEC EXEC Privilege Example Figure 38-4.
Example Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced for C-Series unknown Introduced for E-Series Figure 38-5. snmp ifmib ifalias long Command Example !------command run on host connected to switch: --------------! > snmpwalk -c public 10.10.10.130 .1.3.6.1.2.1.31 | grep -i alias | more IF-MIB::ifAlias.134530304 = STRING: This is a port connected to Router2. This is a port connected to IF-MIB::ifAlias.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Usage Information Example The example below configures a community named public that is mapped to the security named guestuser with Read Only (ro) permissions. Figure 38-6. snmp-server community Command Example FTOS#config FTOS(conf)# snmp-server community public ro FTOS(conf)# snmp-server community guest ro security-name guestuser FTOS(conf)# The security-name parameter maps the community string to an SNMPv3 user/security name as defined by the community MIB.
Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History text Enter an alphanumeric text string, up to 55 characters long. No default values or behavior CONFIGURATION Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on S55 Version 7.6.1.0 Support added for S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Support added for C-Series E-Series legacy command snmp-server enable traps ces Syntax Enable and configure SNMP traps.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Usage Information FTOS supports up to 16 SNMP trap receivers. If this command is not configured, no traps controlled by this command are sent. If you do not specify a notification-type and notification-option, all traps are enabled. Related Commands snmp-server community Enable SNMP and set the community string. snmp-server engineID ces Syntax Configure name for both the local and remote SNMP engines on the router.
Related Commands show snmp engineID Display SNMP engine and all remote engines that are configured on the router show running-config snmp Display the SNMP running configuration snmp-server group ces Syntax Configure a new SNMP group or a table that maps SNMP users to SNMP views.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Defaults Command Modes Command History As defined above CONFIGURATION Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on S55 Version 7.6.1.0 Support added for S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Support added for C-Series E-Series legacy command Usage Information The following example specifies the group named harig as a version 3 user requiring both authentication and encryption and read access limited to the read named rview.
(OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword version to specify the security model followed by the security model version number 1, 2c, or 3. version 1 | 2c | 3 Version 1 is the least secure version version 3 is the most secure of the security modes. Version 2c allows transmission of informs and counter 64, which allows for integers twice the width of what is normally allowed. Default: Version 1 • • • auth (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword auth to specify authentication of a packet without encryption.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com When multiple snmp-server host commands are given for the same host and type of notification (trap or inform), each succeeding command overwrites the previous command. Only the last snmp-server host command will be in effect. For example, if you enter an snmp-server host inform command for a host and then enter another snmp-server host inform command for the same host, the second command will replace the first.
snmp-server packetsize ces Syntax Set the largest SNMP packet size permitted when the SNMP server is receiving a request or generating a reply, use the snmp-server packetsize global configuration command. snmp-server packetsize byte-count Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History byte-count Enter one of the following values 8, 16, 24 or 32. Packet sizes are 8000 bytes, 16000 bytes, 32000 bytes, and 64000 bytes. 8 CONFIGURATION Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on S55 Version 7.6.1.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Related Commands snmp-server community Set the community string. snmp-server user ces Syntax Configure a new user to an SNMP group.
Defaults Command Modes Command History priv password (OPTIONAL) Enter a text string (up to 20 characters long) password that will enables the host to encrypt the contents of the message it sends to the agent. Minimum: 8 characters long access-list-name (Optional) Enter the standard IPv4 access list name (a string up to 16 characters long).
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Note: The number of configurable users is limited to 16. Related Commands Display the information configured on each SNMP user name. show snmp user snmp-server view ces Syntax Configure an SNMPv3 view. snmp-server view view-name oid-tree {included | excluded} To remove an SNMPv3 view, use the no snmp-server view view-name oid-tree {included | excluded} command.
Defaults Command Modes Enabled. INTERFACE Command History Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on S55 Version 7.6.1.0 Support added for S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Support added for C-Series E-Series legacy command Usage Information If the interface is expected to flap during normal usage, you could disable this command.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command History Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on S55 Version 7.6.1.0 Support added for S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Support added for C-Series E-Series legacy command Related Commands show logging Display logging settings and system messages in the internal buffer. default logging buffered ces Syntax Defaults Command Modes Command History Return to the default setting for messages logged to the internal buffer.
default logging monitor ces Syntax Defaults Command Modes Command History Return to the default settings for messages logged to the terminal. default logging monitor level = 7 or debugging CONFIGURATION Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on S55 Version 7.6.1.0 Support added for S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Support added for C-Series E-Series legacy command Related Commands logging monitor Set the logging monitor parameters. terminal monitor Send system messages to the terminal/monitor.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command Modes Command History CONFIGURATION Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on S55 Version 7.6.1.0 Support added for S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Support added for C-Series E-Series legacy command Related Commands logging on Enables the logging asynchronously to logging buffer, console, Syslog server, and terminal lines. logging trap Enables logging to the Syslog server based on severity.
logging console ces Syntax Specify which messages are logged to the console. logging console [level] To return to the default values, enter default logging console. To disable logging to the console, enter no logging console. Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History level (OPTIONAL) Indicate a value from 0 to 7 or enter one of the following parameters: emergencies, alerts, critical, errors, warnings, notifications, informational, or debugging. Default: 7 or debugging.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Parameters facility-type (OPTIONAL) Enter one of the following parameters.
Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History level Indicate a value from 0 to 7 or enter one of the following equivalent words: emergencies, alerts, critical, errors, warnings, notifications, informational, or debugging. The default is 4. 4 or warnings CONFIGURATION Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on S55 Version 7.6.1.0 Support added for S-Series Version 7.5.1.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com logging monitor ces Syntax Specify which messages are logged to Telnet applications. logging monitor [level] To disable logging to terminal connections, enter no logging monitor. Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History level Indicate a value from 0 to 7 or enter one of the following parameters: emergencies, alerts, critical, errors, warnings, notifications, informational, or debugging. The default is 7 or debugging. 7 or debugging CONFIGURATION Version 8.3.5.
logging source-interface ces Syntax Specify that the IP address of an interface is the source IP address of Syslog packets sent to the Syslog server. logging source-interface interface To disable this command and return to the default setting, enter no logging source-interface.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Parameters Defaults Command Modes all Enter the keyword all to ensure that all levels are printed asynchronously. level level Enter the keyword level followed by a number as the severity level. A high number indicates a low severity level and visa versa. Range: 0 to 7.
Version 7.5.1.0 Support added for C-Series E-Series legacy command Related Commands logging Enable the logging to another device. logging on Enables logging. show logging ces Syntax Parameters Command Modes Display the logging settings and system messages logged to the internal buffer of the switch. show logging [number | history [reverse][number] | reverse [number] | summary] number (OPTIONAL) Enter the number of message to be displayed on the output.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command History Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on S55 Version 7.6.1.0 Support added for S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Support added for C-Series E-Series legacy command Figure 38-11.
Command Modes EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History Usage Information Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on S55 Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on the S55. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced for S-Series This command displays internal software driver information, which may be useful during troubleshooting switch initialization errors, such as a downed Port-Pipe. terminal monitor ces Syntax Configure the FTOS to display messages on the monitor/terminal.
| SNMP and Syslog www.dell.com | support.dell.
39 Storm Control Overview The FTOS Storm Control feature allows users to limit or suppress traffic during a traffic storm (Broadcast/Unknown Unicast Rate Limiting, or Multicast on the C-Series and S-Series).
www.dell.com | support.dell.com • • • Do not apply per-VLAN QoS on an interface that has storm control enabled (either on an interface or globally). When broadcast storm control is enabled on an interface or globally on ingress, and DSCP marking for a DSCP value 1 is configured for the data traffic, the traffic will go to queue 1 instead of queue 0.
Example Figure 39-2. show storm-control broadcast Command Example (C-Series) FTOS#show storm-control broadcast gigabitethernet 3/24 Broadcast storm control configuration Interface Direction Packets/Second ----------------------------------------------Gi 3/24 Ingress 1000 FTOS# show storm-control multicast cs Display the storm control multicast configuration.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com show storm-control unknown-unicast ces Syntax Parameters Display the storm control unknown-unicast configuration show storm-control unknown-unicast [interface] interface (OPTIONAL) Enter one of the following interfaces to display the interface specific storm control configuration. • • • • Defaults Command Modes For a 1-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet followed by the slot/port information.
storm-control broadcast (Configuration) ces Syntax Configure the percentage of broadcast traffic allowed in or out of the network. storm-control broadcast [percentage decimal_value in | out] | [wred-profile name]] [packets_per_second in] To disable broadcast rate-limiting, use the storm-control broadcast [percentage decimal_value in | out] | [wred-profile name]] [packets_per_second in] command.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History percentage decimal_value in E-Series Only: Enter the percentage of broadcast traffic allowed in to the network. Optionally, you can designate a decimal value percentage, for example, 55.5%. Percentage: 0 to 100 0 % blocks all related traffic 100% allows all traffic into the interface Decimal Range: .1 to .
Usage Information Broadcast traffic (all 0xFs) should be counted against broadcast storm control meter, not against the multicast storm control meter. It is possible, however, that some multicast control traffic may get dropped when storm control thresholds are exceeded. storm-control multicast (Interface) cs Configure the percentage of multicast traffic allowed on an C-Series or S-Series interface (ingress only) network only.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information wred-profile name E-Series Only: (Optionally) Enter the keyword wred-profile followed by the profile name to designate a wred-profile. packets_per_second in C-Series and S-Series Only: Enter the packets per second of broadcast traffic allowed into the network. Range: 0 to 33554431 The minimum number of PPS limited on the S55 is 2 No default behavior or values CONFIGURATION Version 8.3.5.
Command History Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on S55 Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on C-Series Version 7.4.1.0 E-Series Only: Added percentage decimal value option Version 6.5.1.
| Storm Control www.dell.com | support.dell.
40 S-Series Stacking Commands Overview All commands in this chapter are specific to the S-Series platform, as indicated by the s character that appears below each command heading. The commands are always available and operational, whether or not the S-Series has a stacking module inserted. You can use the commands to pre-configure a switch, so that the configuration settings are invoked when the switch is attached to other S-Series units.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Parameters Defaults Command Modes stack-unit None EXEC Privilege Command History Usage Information Enter the stack member unit identifier of the stack member to reset. S55 range: 0 - 11 Version 8.3.5.1 Introduced on S55 This command applies to the S55 only. redundancy disable-auto-reboot s Syntax Prevent a stacked unit from rebooting if it fails.
Command Modes EXEC Privilege reset stack-unit s Syntax Parameters Default Command Modes Command History Usage Information Reset any designated stack member except the management unit (master unit). reset stack-unit stack-unit [hard] stack-unit Enter the stack member unit identifier of the stack member to reset. S55 range: 0 - 11 hard (Optional) Reset the stack unit if the unit is in a problem state. none CONFIGURATION Version 8.3.5.1 Introduced on S55. Version 8.3.1.0 Added hard reset option.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Examples Figure 40-1. Using the reset stack-unit Command on the Stack Standby Unit (S55) FTOS#reset stack-unit 0 % Error: Reset of master unit is not allowed.
Figure 40-2. Using the reset stack-unit Command on the Stack Standby Unit (S50N) FTOS#show system brief Stack MAC : 00:01:e8:51:4e:f8 -- Stack Info -Unit UnitType Status ReqTyp CurTyp Version Ports --------------------------------------------------------------------------0 Member online S50N S50N 4.7.7.117 52 1 Member online S50N S50N 4.7.7.117 52 2 Member online S50N S50N 4.7.7.117 52 3 Member online S50N S50N 4.7.7.117 52 4 Standby online S50N S50N 4.7.7.117 52 5 Member online S50N S50N 4.7.7.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Example Figure 40-3. show redundancy (S50) Force110#show redundancy FTOS#show redundancy -- SSeries Redundancy Configuration ------------------------------------------------Auto reboot : Enabled -- Stack-unit Status ------------------------------------------------Mgmt ID: 0 Stack-unit ID: 0 Stack-unit Redundancy Role: Primary Stack-unit State: Active Stack-unit SW Version: 7.7.1.
Figure 40-4.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command Modes EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History Examples Version 8.3.5.1 Introduced on S55 Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Figure 40-5.
Figure 40-7. show system stack-ports status (S50) FTOS# show system stack-ports status Topology: Ring Interface Link Speed Admin Link (Gb/s) Status Status ------------------------------------------------0/49 12 up up 0/50 12 up down 0/51 24 up up 1/49 12 up up 1/50 12 up up 2/49 24 up up 2/51 12 up up 2/52 12 up down FTOS# Figure 40-8.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Figure 40-9. show system stack-ports topology (S50) FTOS# show system stack-ports topology Topology: Ring Interface Connection ---------------------0/49 1/49 0/50 0/51 2/49 1/49 0/49 1/50 2/51 2/49 0/51 2/51 1/50 2/52 FTOS# Figure 40-10.
Related Commands reset stack-unit Reset the designated S-Series stack member. show hardware stack-unit Display the data plane or management plane input and output statistics of the designated component of the designated stack member. show system (S-Series) Display the current status of all stack members or a specific member. upgrade (S-Series management unit) Upgrade the bootflash image or system image of the S-Series management unit.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command Modes Command History Usage Information Related Commands CONFIGURATION Version 8.3.5.1 Introduced on S55 Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on S-Series The S60 and the S60 do not support stacking with other platforms. You can only stack the S60 with other S60 systems and the S55 with other S55 systems. reload Reboot FTOS. show system (S-Series) Display the current status of all stack members or a specific member.
upgrade system stack-unit (S-Series stack member) s Syntax Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information Related Commands Copy the boot image or FTOS from the management unit to one or more stack members. upgrade {boot | system} stack-unit {all | stack-unit} boot Enter this keyword to copy the boot image from the management unit to the designated stack members. system Enter this keyword to copy the FTOS image from the management unit to the designated stack members.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com 1030 Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information | all Enter this keyword to copy the designated image to all stack members. stack-unit Enter the stack member unit identifier of the stack member to reset. S55 range: 0 - 11 No configuration or default values EXEC Version 8.3.5.1 Introduced on S55 You must reload FTOS after using the upgrade command.
41 Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) Overview The commands in this chapter configure and monitor the IEEE 802.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Defaults Command Modes Command History priority-value = 32768 SPANNING TREE (The prompt is “config-stp”.) Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on S55 Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on C-Series pre-Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced on E-Series bpdu-destination-mac-address cs Use the Provider Bridge Group address in Spanning Tree or GVRP PDUs.
Command Modes Command History Usage Information Related Commands EXEC Privilege Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on S55 Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on C-Series pre-Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced on E-Series When you enable debug spanning-tree bpdu for multiple interfaces, the software only sends information on BPDUs for the last interface specified. protocol spanning-tree Enter SPANNING TREE mode on the switch.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Related Commands Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on C-Series pre-Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced on E-Series protocol spanning-tree Enter SPANNING TREE mode. forward-delay ces Syntax The amount of time the interface waits in the Listening State and the Learning State before transitioning to the Forwarding State. forward-delay seconds To return to the default setting, enter no forward-delay.
Command History Related Commands Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on S55 Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on C-Series pre-Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced on E-Series forward-delay Change the wait time before STP transitions to the Forwarding state. max-age Change the wait time before STP refreshes protocol configuration information.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Example Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on S55 Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on C-Series pre-Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced on E-Series Figure 41-1. protocol spanning-tree Command Example FTOS(conf)#protocol spanning-tree 0 FTOS(config-stp)# Usage Information STP is not enabled when you enter the SPANNING TREE mode.
brief (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword brief to display a synopsis of the Spanning Tree group configuration information. interface interface (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword interface and the type slot/port of the interface you want displayed. Type slot/port options are the following: • • • • Command Modes Command History For a 1-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet followed by the slot/port information.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Example Figure 41-3. show spanning-tree Command Example FTOS#show spann 0 Executing IEEE compatible Spanning Tree Protocol Bridge Identifier has priority 32768, Address 0001.e800.0a56 Configured hello time 2, max age 20, forward delay 15 We are the root of the spanning tree Current root has priority 32768 address 0001.e800.
Table 41-1. show spanning-tree Command Example Information (continued) Field Description “Timers” Lists the values for the following bridge timers: • • • • • “Times” hold time topology change hello time max age forward delay List the number of seconds since the last: • • • • hello time topology change notification aging “Port 1...” Displays the Interface type slot/port information and the status of the interface (Disabled or Enabled). “Port path...
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information stp-id Enter the Spanning Tree Protocol group ID. Range: 0 cost cost (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword cost followed by a number as the cost.
42 Time and Network Time Protocol (NTP) Overview The commands in this chapter configure time values on the system, either using FTOS, or the hardware, or using the Network Time Protocol (NTP). With NTP, the switch can act only as a client to an NTP clock host. For details, see the “Network Time Protocol” section of the Management chapter in the FTOS Configuration Guide.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com calendar set ces Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History Example Set the time and date for the switch hardware clock. calendar set time month day year time Enter the time in hours:minutes:seconds. For the hour variable, use the 24-hour format, for example, 17:15:00 is 5:15 pm. month Enter the name of one of the 12 months in English. You can enter the name of a day to change the order of the display to time day month year. day Enter the number of the day.
clock read-calendar ces Syntax Set the software clock on the switch from the information set in hardware clock (calendar). clock read-calendar Defaults Not configured. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Usage Information Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on S55 Version 7.6.1.0 Support added for S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Support added for C-Series pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced for E-Series In the switch, the hardware clock is separate from the software and is called the calendar.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Example Figure 42-2. clock set Command Example FTOS#clock set 16:20:00 19 may 2001 FTOS# Usage Information You can change the order of the month and day parameters to enter the time and date as time day month year. You cannot delete the software clock. The software clock runs only when the software is up. The clock restarts, based on the hardware clock, when the switch reboots.
Defaults Command Modes Command History Related Commands end-year Enter a four-digit number as the year. Range: 1993 to 2035. offset (OPTIONAL) Enter the number of minutes to add during the summer-time period. Range: 1 to1440. Default: 60 minutes Not configured. CONFIGURATION Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on S55 Version 7.6.1.0 Support added for S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Support added for C-Series pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced for E-Series calendar set Set the hardware clock.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com end-week Enter the one of the following as the week that daylight savings ends: • • • Defaults Command Modes Command History Related Commands week-number: enter a number from 1-4 as the number of the week to end daylight savings time. first: enter the keyword first to end daylight savings time in the first week of the month. last: enter the keyword last to end daylight savings time in the last week of the month.
Command Modes Command History Usage Information CONFIGURATION Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on S55 Version 7.6.1.0 Support added for S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Support added for C-Series pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced for E-Series Coordinated Universal Time (UTC) is the time standard based on the International Atomic Time standard, commonly known as Greenwich Mean time. When determining system time, you must include the differentiator between UTC and your local timezone.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command Modes Command History packets Enter the keyword packets to display information on NTP packets. select Enter the keyword select to display information on the NTP clock selection. sync Enter the keyword sync to display information on the NTP clock synchronization. EXEC Privilege Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on S55 Version 7.6.1.0 Support added for S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Support added for C-Series pre-Version 6.1.1.
Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information 7 Specify that the authentication key will be entered in DES encrypted format. key Enter the authentication key in the previously specified format. NTP authentication is not configured by default. If you do not specify the option [0 | 7], 0 is selected by default. CONFIGURATION Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on S55 Version 8.2.1.0 Added options [0 | 7] for entering authentication key. Version 7.6.1.0 Support added for S-Series Version 7.5.1.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com ntp disable ces Syntax Prevent an interface from receiving NTP packets. ntp disable To re-enable NTP on an interface, enter no ntp disable. Default Command Modes Command History Disabled (that is, if an NTP host is configured, all interfaces receive NTP packets) INTERFACE Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on S55 Version 7.6.1.0 Support added for S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Support added for C-Series pre-Version 6.1.1.
Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information prefer (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword prefer to indicate that this peer has priority over other servers. version number (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword version and a number to correspond to the NTP version used on the server. Range: 1 to 3 Not configured. CONFIGURATION Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on S55 Version 7.6.1.0 Support added for S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Support added for C-Series pre-Version 6.1.1.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command Modes Command History CONFIGURATION Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on S55 Version 7.6.1.0 Support added for S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Support added for C-Series pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced for E-Series ntp trusted-key ces Syntax Set a key to authenticate the system to which NTP will synchronize. ntp trusted-key number To delete the key, use the no ntp trusted-key number command.
Command Modes Command History CONFIGURATION Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on S55 Version 7.6.1.0 Support added for S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Support added for C-Series pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced for E-Series show calendar ces Syntax Command Modes Display the current date and time based on the switch hardware clock. show calendar EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History Example Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on S55 Version 7.6.1.0 Support added for S-Series Version 7.5.1.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Example Figure 42-4. show clock Command Example FTOS#show clock 11:05:56.949 UTC Thu Oct 25 2001 FTOS# Example Figure 42-5. show clock detail Command Example FTOS#show clock detail 12:18:10.691 UTC Wed Jan 7 2009 Time source is RTC hardware Summer time starts 02:00:00 UTC Sun Mar 8 2009 Summer time ends 02:00:00 ABC Sun Nov 1 2009 FTOS# Related Commands clock summer-time recurring Display the time and date from the switch hardware clock.
Table 42-1. show ntp associations Command Fields Field Description (none) One or more of the following symbols could be displayed: • • • • • Related Commands * means synchronized to this peer # means almost synchronized to this peer + means the peer was selected for possible synchronization - means the peer is a candidate for selection ~ means the peer is statically configured remote Displays the remote IP address of the NTP peer.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Table 42-2. Related Commands 1056 | show ntp status Command Example Information Field Description “Clock is...” States whether or not the switch clock is synchronized, which NTP stratum the system is assigned and the IP address of the NTP peer. “frequency is...” Displays the frequency (in ppm), stability (in ppm) and precision (in Hertz) of the clock in this system. “reference time is...” Displays the reference time stamp. “clock offset is...
43 S55 u-Boot Overview All commands in this chapter are in u-Boot. These commands are supported on the only. To access this mode, hit any key when the following line appears on the console during a system boot: Hit any key to stop autoboot: You enter u-Boot immediately, as indicated by the => prompt. Note: This chapter discusses only a few commands available in uBoot. The commands included here are those that are comparable to those found in the Boot User mode on other S-Series systems.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com nvram Clear the NVRAM either by copying it to the MMC, or by erasing it entirely. Syntax Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History nvram [dump | erase] dump Copy the NVRAM to the MMC. erase Erase the NVRAM contents. This command sets the MVRAM partition bits to 1. None uBoot Version 8.3.5.1 Introduced on the S55. printenv Display the current system boot variable and other system settings.
Example => printenv baudrate=9600 uboot_filesize=0x80000 bootfile=FTOS-SC-1.2.0.0E3.bin bootcmd=echo Booting primary bootline....;$primary_boot;boot;echo Failed;echo Booting secondary bootline....;$secondary_boot;boot;echo Failed;echo Booting default bootline....;$default_boot;boot;echo Failed;echo Rebooting...;reset bootdelay=5 loads_echo=1 rootpath=/opt/nfsroot hostname=unknown loadaddr=640000 ftpuser=FTOS ftppasswd=FTOS uboot=u-boot.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Usage Information You must save your changes before resetting the system, or all changes will be lost. save Save configurations created in uBoot. Syntax Command Modes Command History Usage Information save uBoot Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on the S55. You must save your changes before resetting the system, or all changes will be lost. setenv Configure system settings.
Command Modes Command History uBoot Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on the S55.
| S55 u-Boot www.dell.com | support.dell.
44 Uplink Failure Detection (UFD) Overview Uplink Failure Detection (UFD) provides detection of the loss of upstream connectivity and, if used with NIC teaming, automatic recovery from a failed link.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Related Commands interface interface Specifies one or more downstream interfaces.
Command History Usage Information Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on S4810 Version 8.4.2.3 Introduced on the S-Series S50. To turn off debugging event messages, enter the no debug uplink-state-group [group-id] command. Related Commands clear ufd-disable Re-enable downstream interfaces that are in a UFD-disabled error state. description s (S50) Syntax Enter a text description of an uplink-state group.
www.dell.com | support.dell.
Command History Usage Information Related Commands Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on S4810 Version 8.4.2.3 Introduced on the S-Series S50. To disable auto-recovery on downstream links, enter the no downstream auto-recover command. downstream Assign a port or port-channel to the uplink-state group as a downstream interface. uplink-state-group Create an uplink-state group and enabling the tracking of upstream links.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com enable s (S50) Syntax Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information Related Commands Enable uplink state group tracking for a specific Uplink Failure Detection (UFD) group. enable Upstream-link tracking is automatically enabled in an uplink-state group. UPLINK-STATE-GROUP Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on S4810 Version 8.4.2.3 Introduced on the S-Series S50.
upstream TengigabitEthernet 0/48, 52 upstream PortChannel 1 ! uplink state track 2 downstream GigabitEthernet 0/1,3,5,7-10 upstream TengigabitEthernet 0/56,60 Related Commands show uplink-state-group Display status information on a specified uplink-state group or all groups. uplink-state-group Create an uplink-state group and enabling the tracking of upstream links.
www.dell.com | support.dell.
An uplink-state group is considered to be operationally down if no upstream interfaces in the group are in the link-up state. No uplink-state tracking is performed when a group is disabled or in an operationally down state. To delete an uplink-state group, enter the no uplink-state-group group-id command. To disable upstream-link tracking without deleting the uplink-state group, enter the no enable command in uplink-state-group configuration mode.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com You can assign an interface to only one uplink-state group. Each interface assigned to an uplink-state group must be configured as either an upstream or downstream interface, but not both. You can assign individual member ports of a port channel to the group. An uplink-state group can contain either the member ports of a port channel or the port channel itself, but not both. To delete an uplink-state group, enter the no upstream interface command.
45 VLAN Stacking Overview With the VLAN-Stacking feature (also called Stackable VLANs and QinQ), available on all Dell Networking platforms (C-Series c, E-Series e, and S-Series s) that are supported by this version of FTOS, you can “stack” VLANs into one tunnel and switch them through the network transparently.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com • • • • Assigning an IP address to a Stackable VLAN is supported when all the members are only Stackable VLAN trunk ports. IP addresses on a Stackable VLAN-enabled VLAN is not supported if the VLAN contains Stackable VLAN access ports. This facility is provided for SNMP management over a Stackable VLAN enabled VLAN containing only Stackable VLAN trunk interfaces. Layer 3 routing protocols on such a VLAN are not supported.
Usage Information Related Commands You must first enable DEI for this configuration to take effect. dei enable dei mark cs Set the DEI value on egress according to the color currently assigned to the packet. Syntax dei mark {green | yellow} {0 | 1} Parameters Defaults Command Mode Command History Usage Information Related Commands 0|1 Enter the bit value you want to map to a color. green | yellow Choose a color: • • Green: High priority packets that are the least preferred to be dropped.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command History Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on S55 Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale Version 7.6.1.0 Support added for C-Series and S-Series E-Series original Command Usage Information Related Commands You must enable the Stackable VLAN (using the vlan-stack compatible command) on the VLAN prior to adding a member to the VLAN. vlan-stack compatible Enable Stackable VLAN on a VLAN. show interface dei-honor cs Display the dei honor configuration.
Command Mode Command History Example EXEC Privilege Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on S55 Version 8.3.1.0 Introduced on C-Series and S-Series. FTOS#show interface dei-mark Default CFI/DEI Marking: 0 Interface Drop precedence CFI/DEI -----------------------------------------------Gi 0/1 Green 0 Gi 0/1 Yellow 1 Gi 8/9 Yellow 0 Gi 8/40 Yellow 0 Related Commands dei mark vlan-stack access ces Syntax Specify a Layer 2 port or port channel as an access port to the Stackable VLAN network.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command History Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on S55 Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale Version 7.6.1.0 Support added for C-Series and S-Series E-Series original Command Usage Information You must remove the members prior to disabling the Stackable VLAN feature. To view the Stackable VLANs, use the show vlan command in the EXEC Privilege mode. Stackable VLANs contain members, designated by the M in the Q column of the command output. Figure 45-1.
vlan-stack protocol-type ces Syntax Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Define the Stackable VLAN Tag Protocol Identifier (TPID) for the outer VLAN tag (also called the VMAN tag). If you do not configure this command, FTOS assigns the value 0x9100. vlan-stack protocol-type number number Enter the hexadecimal number as the Stackable VLAN tag. On the E-Series: FTOS accepts the Most Significant Byte (MSB) and then appends zeros for the Least Significant Byte (LSB).
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Related Commands portmode hybrid Set a port (physical ports only) to accept both tagged and untagged frames. A port configured this way is identified as a hybrid port in report displays. vlan-stack trunk Specify a Layer 2 port or port channel as a trunk port to the Stackable VLAN network. vlan-stack trunk ces Syntax Specify a Layer 2 port or port channel as a trunk port to the Stackable VLAN network.
Example 1 Figure 45-2.
| VLAN Stacking www.dell.com | support.dell.
46 Virtual Router Redundancy Protocol (VRRP) Overview Virtual Router Redundancy Protocol (VRRP) commands are supported on all platforms: c, e, and s. To enter the VRRP mode on an interface, use the vrrp-group command at the INTERFACE mode. The interface must be in Layer 3 mode. You can configure up to 12 VRRP groups on one interface. For configuration details, see the VRRP chapter in the FTOS Configuration Guide.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information seconds Enter a number of seconds. Range: 1 to 255. Default: 1 second. 1 second. INTERFACE-VRRP Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on S55 Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on C-Series pre-Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced on E-Series Force10 Networks recommends that you keep the default setting for this command.
clear counters vrrp ces Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History Clear the counters maintained on VRRP operations. clear counters vrrp [vrrp-id] vrrp-id (OPTIONAL) Enter the number of the VRRP group ID. Range: 1 to 255 EXEC Privilege Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on S55 Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on C-Series pre-Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced on E-Series debug vrrp ce Allows you to enable debugging of VRRP.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Usage Information If no options are specified, debug is active on all interfaces and all VRRP groups. description ces Syntax Configure a short text string describing the VRRP group. description text To delete a VRRP group description, enter no description. Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History text Enter a text string up to 80 characters long. Not enabled. VRRP Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on S55 Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.5.1.
hold-time ces Syntax Specify a delay (in seconds) before a switch becomes the MASTER virtual router. By delaying the initialization of the VRRP MASTER, the new switch can stabilize its routing tables. hold-time seconds To return to the default value, enter no hold-time. Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information Related Commands seconds Enter a number of seconds. Range: 0 to 65535. Default: zero (0) seconds. zero (0) seconds VRRP Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on S55 Version 7.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com priority ces Syntax Specify a VRRP priority value for the VRRP group. This value is used by the VRRP protocol during the MASTER election process. priority priority To return to the default value, enter no priority. Parameters Defaults Command Modes priority 100 VRRP Command History Usage Information Enter a number as the priority. Enter 255 only if the router’s virtual address is the same as the interface’s primary IP address (that is, the router is the OWNER).
Example Figure 46-1. Command Example: show config FTOS(conf-if-vrid-4)#show con vrrp-group 4 virtual-address 119.192.182.124 ! show vrrp ces Syntax Parameters View the VRRP groups that are active. If no VRRP groups are active, the FTOS returns No Active VRRP group.” show vrrp [vrrp-id] [interface] [brief] vrrp-id (OPTIONAL) Enter the Virtual Router Identifier for the VRRP group to view only that group. Range: 1 to 255.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Table 46-1. Command Example Descriptions: show vrrp brief Item Description Interface Lists the interface type, slot and port on which the VRRP group is configured. Grp Displays the VRRP group ID. Pri Displays the priority value assigned to the interface. If the track command is configured to track that interface and the interface is disabled, the cost is subtracted from the priority value assigned to the interface.
Table 46-2. Command Example Description: show vrrp Line Beginning with Description GigabitEthernet 12/3... Displays the Interface, the VRRP group ID, and the network address. If the interface is no sending VRRP packets, 0.0.0.0 appears as the network address. State: master... Displays the interface’s state: • Na/If (not available), • master (MASTER virtual router) • backup (BACKUP virtual router) the interface’s priority and the IP address of the MASTER. Hold Down:...
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Parameters interface Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • • • • • • cost Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information For a 1-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet followed by the slot/port information. For a Loopback interface, enter the keyword loopback followed by a number from 0 to 16383.
Command History Usage Information Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on S55 Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on C-Series Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced support for telnetting to the VRRP group IP address assigned using this command pre-Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced on E-Series The VRRP group only becomes active and sends VRRP packets when a virtual IP address is configured. When you delete the virtual address, the VRRP group stops sending VRRP packets.
www.dell.com | support.dell.
47 S-Series Debugging and Diagnostics This chapter contains three sections: • • • Diagnostics and Monitoring Commands Offline Diagnostic Commands Buffer Tuning Commands Diagnostics and Monitoring Commands For similar commands, see also Chapter 4, Control and Monitoring. logging coredump server s Syntax Enable the S-Series to send application core dumps to an FTP server.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Offline Diagnostic Commands The offline diagnostics test suite is useful for isolating faults and debugging hardware. While tests are running, FTOS results are saved as a text file (TestReport-SU-X.txt) in the flash directory. This show file command is available only on master and standby. Important Points to Remember • • • • Offline diagnostics can only be run when the unit is offline. You can only run offline diagnostics on a unit to which you are connected via console.
Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on the S55. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on S-Series offline stack-unit s Syntax Place a stack unit in the offline state. offline stack-unit number Parameters Defaults Command Mode Command History number Enter the stack unit number. Unit ID range: S55: 0-11 all other S-Series: 0-7 None EXEC Privilege H Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on the S55. Version 8.2.1.0 Added warning message to off-line diagnostic Version 7.7.1.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command Mode Command History EXEC Privilege H Related Commands Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on the S55. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on S-Series show environment (S-Series) View S-Series system component status (for example, temperature, voltage).
queue1 number Enter this keyword to allocate an amount of buffer space or packet pointers to Queue 1. Dedicated Buffer Range: 0-2013 Dynamic Buffer Range: FP: 0-2013 CSF: 0-131200 (in multiples of 80) Packet Pointer Range: 0-2047 queue2 number Enter this keyword to allocate an amount of buffer space or packet pointers to Queue 2.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command Mode Usage Information BUFFER PROFILE If you attempt to apply a buffer profile to a non-existent port-pipe, FTOS displays the following message. However, the configuration still appears in the running-config. %DIFFSERV-2-DSA_BUFF_CARVING_INVALID_PORT_SET: Invalid FP port-set 2 for linecard 2.
Usage Information The buffer-profile global command fails if you have already applied a custom buffer-profile on an interface. Similarly, when buffer-profile global is configured, you cannot not apply buffer-profile on any interface. If the default buffer-profile (4Q) is active, FTOS displays an error message instructing you to remove the default configuration using the command no buffer-profile global. You must reload the system for the global buffer-profile to take effect.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Example Figure 47-1. show buffer-profile Command Example FTOS#show buffer-profile summary fp-uplink Linecard Port-set Buffer-profile 0 0 test1 4 0 test2 FTOS# Related Commands buffer-profile (Configuration) Create a buffer profile that can be applied to an interface. show buffer-profile interface cs Display the buffer profile that is applied to an interface.
Hardware Commands These commands display information from a hardware sub-component or ASIC. The commands are: • • • • • • • clear hardware system-flow clear hardware system-flow hardware watchdog show hardware layer2 acl show hardware layer3 show hardware stack-unit show hardware system-flow clear hardware stack-unit s Syntax Parameters Defaults Command Modes Clear statistics from selected hardware components.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command History Related Commands Version 8.3.5.0 Introduced on the S55. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on S-Series show hardware stack-unit Display the data plane or management plane input and output statistics of the designated component of the designated stack member. clear hardware system-flow s Syntax Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Related Commands Clear system-flow statistics from selected hardware components.
Usage Information This command enables a hardware watchdog mechanism that automatically reboots an FTOS switch/ router with a single unresponsive unit. This is a last resort mechanism intended to prevent a manual power cycle. show hardware layer2 acl s Syntax Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Display Layer 2 ACL data for the selected stack member and stack member port-pipe.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com show hardware stack-unit s Display the data plane or management plane input and output statistics of the designated component of the designated stack member.
Example 1 Figure 47-3.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Example 4 1108 Figure 47-6.
Example 5 Figure 47-7. show hardware stack-unit unit 1 register Command Example FTOS#show hardware stack-unit 0 unit 1 register 0x0068003c AGINGCTRMEMDEBUG.mmu0 = 0x00000000 0x0068003d AGINGEXPMEMDEBUG.mmu0 = 0x00000000 0x00680017 ASFCONFIG.mmu0 = 0x0000000e 0x0060004c ASFPORTSPEED.ge0 = 0x00000000 0x0060104c ASFPORTSPEED.ge1 = 0x00000000 0x0060204c ASFPORTSPEED.ge2 = 0x00000000 0x0060304c ASFPORTSPEED.ge3 = 0x00000000 0x0060404c ASFPORTSPEED.ge4 = 0x00000000 0x0060504c ASFPORTSPEED.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Example 4 Figure 47-8.
show hardware system-flow s Syntax Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Example 1 Display Layer 3 ACL or QoS data for the selected stack member and stack member port-pipe. show hardware system-flow layer2 stack-unit id port-set 0-1 [counters] acl | qos For the selected stack member and stack member port-pipe, display which system flow entry the packet hits and what queue the packet takes as it dumps the raw system flow tables.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Example 2 Figure 47-10.
48 SNMP Traps This chapter lists the traps sent by FTOS. Each trap is listed by the fields Message ID, Trap Type, and Trap Option, and the next is the message(s) associated with the trap. Table 48-1. SNMP Traps and Error Messages Message ID Trap Type Trap Option COLD_START SNMP COLDSTART %SNMP-5-SNMP_COLD_START: SNMP COLD_START trap sent.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Table 48-1. SNMP Traps and Error Messages (continued) Message ID Trap Type Trap Option CHM_CARD_DOWN ENVMON NONE %CHMGR-1-CARD_SHUTDOWN: %sLine card %d down - %s %CHMGR-2-CARD_DOWN: %sLine card %d down - %s CHM_CARD_UP ENVMON NONE %CHMGR-5-LINECARDUP: %sLine card %d is up CHM_CARD_MISMATCH ENVMON NONE %CHMGR-3-CARD_MISMATCH: Mismatch: line card %d is type %s - type %s required.
Table 48-1.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Table 48-1. SNMP Traps and Error Messages (continued) Message ID Trap Type Trap Option %CHMGR-5-CPU_THRESHOLD_CLR: Cpu %s usage drops below threshold. Cpu5SecUsage (%d) CHM_MEM_THRESHOLD ENVMON NONE %CHMGR-5-MEM_THRESHOLD: Memory %s usage above threshold. MemUsage (%d) CHM_MEM_THRESHOLD_CLR ENVMON NONE %CHMGR-5-MEM_THRESHOLD_CLR: Memory %s usage drops below threshold.
